All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on November 16, 2023

***

Pilot warns of airline industry disaster due to COVID-19 Vaccines

By Sally Beck

Captain Shane Murdock says the air industry is ‘poised on the precipice of disaster’. A pilot for more than 40 years and a qualified air accident investigator, he has found official data that back up his claim of impending global catastrophe. He adds: ‘When correlated, the data indicate there is an enormous problem that is having, and will have, a significant impact on aviation safety worldwide. There is enough evidence to be sending out red flags.’

There have been many tragedies this year. Phil Thomas, a young graduate of the Cadiz, Spain, flight training academy, fell ill and died suddenly in April. There were five pilot incapacitations in March including a British Airways pilot who collapsed and died in Cairo, Egypt not long before he was due to fly.

Pilots are super-fit, so why are so many dying suddenly or collapsing? Cpt Murdock concludes they are suffering severe adverse reactions to the Covid-19 vaccinations, which has myocarditis (heart inflammation), brain fog, insomnia, blood clots and anaphylaxis as side effects.

He thinks some pilots are ticking timebombs and claims many are not declaring ill-health. He said: ‘They are not reporting brain fog, heart flutters and dizzy spells because they don’t want to lose their jobs.’

Aviators have comprehensive annual health checks, or six-monthly if they have been ill. Rules state they can pass only with a less than 1 per cent chance of suffering an illness that could incapacitate them.

How are they passing medicals if they are suffering serious adverse reactions? Last year the global aviation regulator, the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), changed the electrocardiogram (ECG) markers that measure the ‘PR interval’. This is the time it takes for an electrical impulse to travel from one part of heart to another and is an indicator of heart health. The new limit is 50 per cent longer than the previous limit, and means that if a pilot has developed a heart condition, it could slip past.

It was November 15, 2020, when Australian airlines mandated Covid-19 vaccines for 900 pilots, and all air and ground crew. Pfizer, AstraZeneca, and Moderna were available in Australia.

Today is the third anniversary of that mandate and Cpt Murdock is one of 12 pilots who refused. He was sacked of course, accused of serious professional misconduct, a charge generally reserved for inappropriate sexual behaviour or reckless and dangerous behaviour.

Mr Murdock, 60, who lives near Sydney, Australia, flew as Captain for Virgin Australia for 20 years, and has held a licence since 1984. He also has an MSc in Aviation Human Factors, the science behind how humans interface with machines. He said: ‘Somewhere on the international network daily, you will find a plane has been turned back because of a health emergency. Either a passenger health emergency or crew health emergency.’

When pilots put out a mayday radio call to air traffic control, it is nicknamed a ‘squawk’. They use the code 7700 for all mayday calls which are reserved for serious incidents like pilot incapacitation or an uncontained fire on board. Few scenarios warrant a mayday; passengers and crew must face genuine peril.

There has been an unprecedented rise in the numbers of mayday calls as tracked by a bot set up by the X account @GCFlightAlerts. It posts when a pilot squawks 7700 anywhere in the world.

Between 2018, and 2019, the mayday average was 29.1 per cent of all distress calls. During 2022, mayday calls increased by 272 per cent. In the first three months of 2023, the increase was 386 per cent. The graph shows there was an instant, steep increase when the vaccines were mandated to pilots.

The average age of death in Australia during the pandemic was 85.3 years. The figures did not justify mandating vaccination to healthy, fit, pilots and implementing a no jab, no job policy. It even violated their own guidance: according to FAA rules, no pilot is allowed to take any type of medicine unless it has been approved and in use in the general population for 12 months. Pilots are forbidden to take part in drug trials and all Covid-19 vaccines were allowed under emergency use authorisation. The final phase of the trial finishes this year.

Cpt Murdock also looked at the number of multi-crew licenses issued by Australia’s regulator, the Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA). They have the authority to impose restrictions on Airline Transport Pilot’s Licenses (APTL). A multi-crew license restricts pilots to operating with multiple crew members and is issued when their medical status shows a possibility that they may become incapacitated whilst flying. CASA monitors and administers medical certification and licensing for all Australian pilots. Freedom of information data shows there has been an unprecedented increase of 126 per cent on limitations.

You would think this would prompt a major review by CASA, but they will do nothing while Australia’s drug watchdog, the Therapeutic Goods Administration (TGA), still endorse Covid-19 vaccination for all. It is a revolving door avoiding responsibility that is familiar to those of us investigating vaccine issues.

Cpt Murdock thinks lack of action can have only one result, and bear in mind we have seen many planes make emergency landings because of pilot incapacitations. He is unequivocal and said: ‘Disasters will occur and both aircrew and the traveling public will die unnecessarily.’

***

Comments by Dr. William Makis 

I reported the pilot deaths and incapacitations that are mentioned in this article.

I have a very thorough record of pilot incapacitations and deaths inflight for 2023, that I have been tracking on my substack and once we have enough data, I will be releasing comparisons of 2022 and 2023 pilot incapacitations, compared to the pre COVID-19 vaccine years.

Squawk codes are four-digit numbers used for communication between aircraft and air traffic control, allowing efficient communication during various situations related to safety and emergencies.

Squawk 7700 is an emergency code that indicates a serious issue onboard the aircraft. It may be due to technical, environmental or medical issues that results in an emergency situation.

It can be input by pilots or instructed by ATC, and it alerts controllers and ground crew to prepare for the arrival of the aircraft.

Other reserved squawk codes include 7500 for hijack situations and 7600 for lost communication with ATC. These codes provide easy notification to anyone monitoring the aircraft and allow ATC to provide the necessary assistance and priority services.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on May 5, 2023

*** 

On November 22nd, 1963, JFK was assassinated while in a motorcade passing through Dealey Plaza in downtown Dallas, Texas. 

On November 22, 2023 we commemorate the passing of JFK, 60 years ago. His Legacy Will Live 

***

We have been warned decades ago by US President John F. Kennedy who gave a speech on the dangers the globalists pose to us all before the American Newspaper Publishers Association on April 27, 1961:

It requires a change in outlook, a change in tactics, a change in missions–by the government, by the people, by every businessman or labor leader, and by every newspaper. For we are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies primarily on covert means for expanding its sphere of influence–on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice, on guerrillas by night instead of armies by day. It is a system which has conscripted vast human and material resources into the building of a tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific, and political operations.

Its preparations are concealed, not published. Its mistakes are buried, not headlined. Its dissenters are silenced, not praised. No expenditure is questioned, no rumor is printed, no secret is revealed. It conducts the Cold War, in short, with a wartime discipline no democracy would ever hope or wish to match

On November 22nd, 1963, JFK was assassinated while in a motorcade passing through Dealey Plaza in downtown Dallas, Texas. 

Today, the governments of the US, EU and Israel are experiencing a global revolution against their “rules-based order” and are struggling to remain the unipolar hegemonic power thus by creating a censorship regime to keep important information hidden from the public in order to continue their regime change wars, interfere in foreign elections, coordinate political assassinations, to imposing crippling economic sanctions against their adversaries.  The “monolithic and ruthless conspiracy” that JFK spoke about has come true in various forms since his groundbreaking speech, but one thing I would like to mention is that there is hope, there is a world-wide awakening taking place and the Globalists are very concerned.

The US and Its New World Disorder

Since 1776, the US government had waged brutal wars on the indigenous populations as part of their expansionist goals in North America.  Then after World War I, they invaded many Latin American nations in South and Central America, the Caribbean, and parts of Asia.  Since the end of World War II where parts of Europe and Asia including the Soviet Union and China (who was invaded by Imperial Japan) were rebuilding their societies from the destruction left by the war, so the US jumped on the opportunity to become an aggressive imperialist power. US President Dwight D, Eisenhower had warned the public before JFK on the rising power of the Military-Industrial Complex that became an important element to the Globalist power structure, especially after they dropped atomic bombs unnecessarily on the city’s of Hiroshima and Nagasaki of Imperial Japan killing hundreds of thousands of mostly Japanese civilians to demonstrate to the world that they are willing to do anything, including having the will to kill innocent people to advance its goals.

JFK said that the US war machine combined its “military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific, and political operations” and launched numerous wars in Asia, Latin America, the Caribbean and elsewhere that included

Korea (1950-1953), Vietnam (1955-1975), Cuba (1961),

The Dominican Republic (1965-1966), Cambodia (1970), Laos (1959-1975),

Grenada (1983), El Salvador (1981-1992), Panama (1989-1990), Nicaragua (1981-1990),

Haiti (1994-1995), Serbia (1998-1999) and so on.

In the Middle East and Africa, the US, NATO and Israel have also been involved in numerous conflicts in

Angola (1974-1975), Iran (since 1979), Libya (1986, 2011), Iraq (1990 to Present), Afghanistan (2001-2021), Yemen (2002-Present), Somalia (2007-Present), and of course, Syria (2014-Present). 

[It is also important to note that the war on Palestine has been ongoing with the US and European Union’s support of Israel since 1948.]

Currently, the US and its partners in crime are involved in a proxy war against Russia with their full support for Ukraine and soon they will be aiming their guns at China.  US forces are still occupying Iraq and are stealing oil from Syria.  In Latin America, US operatives are most likely planning future regime change operations in Venezuela, Nicaragua and elsewhere with non-government organizations (NGOs) (but are funded by the US government) such as the United States Agency for International Development (USAID) and the National Democratic Institute for International Affairs (NDI).  The US has also imposed harsh economic sanctions on Russia, Syria, Iran, Venezuela, Cuba. North Korea where in some cases, causing devastating consequences in an attempt to purposely destroy their economies since they are on Washington’s hit list.    

Meanwhile, Western powers and their Globalist agendas has hit a brick wall according to Russian President, Vladimir Putin who gave a speech at the World Economic Forum (WEF) in Davos, Switzerland on January 27th, 2021, on the state of the rules-based order charade and it was significant, but of course, the US and European mainstream media barely mentioned anything about It. Putin said that “the era linked with attempts to build a centralized and unipolar world order has ended. To be honest, this era did not even begin.”  Putin spoke about the Western monopoly of power that was contrary to the world’s cultures and diversity, “The essence of this monopoly ran counter to our civilization’s cultural and historical diversity” he continued “The reality is such that really different development centers with their distinctive models, political systems and public institutions have taken shape in the world.”

However, the globalists are not giving up on their hidden agendas and will do everything they can to hide the truth from the public and that’s where the censorship regime comes in.         

“Dissenters are silenced, not praised” … The Censorship Regime in America

Censorship is a worldwide problem, there is no doubt about that, but the “beacon of freedom” is the biggest hypocrite on the block when it comes to censoring the truth.  Here is a good example, when the groundbreaking Dark Alliance series was published by investigative journalist, Gary Webb about the CIA and the origins of the crack epidemic that began on the streets of Los Angeles and the profits it made to fund an illegal war to support the Contras, a US-backed terrorist organization against the Sandinista government in Nicaragua, the US government began a campaign to destroy Webb’s credibility and eventually his life.  One other important part of the story is that the CIA also sold weapons to Iran in secret as a second stream of cash to continue their illegal war which is formally known as the Iran-Contra Affair. However, Webb worked for the San Jose Mercury Sun and exposed the CIA-backed operation that was funded from the drug profits they made from the crack cocaine that was first sold on the streets of Los Angeles which had destroyed the African American community in the process.  In 2004, Webb apparently committed suicide with two bullets to his head although some people, including myself, believe that he was murdered

Since then, the censorship regime went full speed ahead silencing alternative news websites, and prominent journalists with help from Big Tech companies that includes YouTube, Facebook, Google, Twitter, and others. 

Before Big Tech began censoring online information, Julian Assange and Edward Snowden were targeted by Washington for exposing Western foreign and domestic crimes and they themselves were censored and charged for various crimes.  Now, the Pulitzer prize winning journalist, Seymour Hersh is also being censored for his reporting on the US-Norway terrorist attack on Russia’s Nord Stream gas pipelines and recently, the US Department of Justice (DOJ) indicted four African American activists who are members of the African People’s Socialist Party (APSP) and the Uhuru Movement who are accused of collaborating with Russian intelligence to somehow influence elections in the US.

The latest victim of censorship is Tucker Carlson, whether you agree with him or not, he just got fired over at FOX news for most likely reporting on the dangers of Covid-19 vaccines and the war in Ukraine, regardless, all of these people have one thing in common, they all did their jobs as journalists, whistleblowers or just activists speaking their mind, all told the truth, and truth is the enemy of the corrupt state.  In the US, The RESTRICT Act (S. 686), which is sponsored by a Democrat Senator from Virginia, Mark Warner which threatens anyone who accesses blacklisted websites through virtual private networks (VPNs) which creates private connections between computers and phones to the internet will face up to 20 years in prison or a $250,000 fine is currently being discussed by Washington’s political establishment. If that is not the most extreme bill on censorship, I don’t know what is.

The US political establishment claims that they are the beacon of freedom and democracy, however, they are currently leading the world in censoring journalists, foreign media outlets such as RT news, Press TV, and others.  In the latest annual report on press freedoms conducted by Reporters without Borders (RSF) who is known for biased-reporting ranked the US at number 45 for press freedoms, but it should place the US and its big Tech censorship monopoly at least 50 notches down to number 95 on the list for committing one of the worst assaults on foreign and domestic media networks and journalists in modern history. 

The US is at a crossroads with its waning political and economic power in this new geopolitical landscape. US and European banking cartels including the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the mainstream media, the Military-Industrial Complex, Big Pharma, Big Tech, and Big Oil all have a role in censoring the truth because they do not want the public to know what’s behind their agenda when it comes to regime change, starting new wars, to creating and arming terrorists (ISIS and AL Qaeda), to promoting deadly vaccines and the list goes on. 

The endless lies promoted by Western powers and Israel are now facing a backlash by the global community and that’s why they are racing to censure anyone who dares to tell the truth about their hidden agendas.  April 27th, 1961 is the day JFK warned us, and as of today, his warnings still hold true.   

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Timothy Alexander Guzman writes on his own blog site, Silent Crow News, where this article was originally published. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Alexander Grushko said on Monday that his country will respond in accordance with its national interests if Finland closes the entirety of their joint border like the Finnish Interior Minister threatened to do last week. In the intervening days, the EU said that it’s ready to send forces to that frontier, Finland gassed a group of border crossers, and it also deployed soldiers there too. Taken together, Finland is clearly hellbent on positioning itself as a frontline NATO state against Russia.

It was assessed in summer 2022 that “NATO’s Northern Expansion Isn’t A Major Defeat For Russia” like the Mainstream Media misportrayed it as being and then earlier this spring that “Finland’s Membership In NATO Is More Symbolically Important Than Militarily”. Those conclusions reflected the state of military-strategic affairs at the time, but seeing as how the latter are changing as a result of Finland hyping up an alleged migrant crisis with Russia, so too should those assessments change accordingly.

The latest dynamics suggest that NATO is conspiring to place more pressure on Russia along the bloc’s new Finnish member’s frontier, which is intended to provoke reciprocal military moves that can then be decontextualized as so-called “unprovoked aggression” for justifying a self-sustaining cycle of escalation. It’s unclear how far and fast everything can move, but this seems to be the intent, which importantly comes amidst the bloc rethinking its proxy war on Russia through Ukraine.

This summer’s counteroffensive failed, Russia won the “race of logistics”/“war of attrition” with NATO, and that bloc’s former Supreme Commander recently argued for a Korean-like armistice, all of which is happening against the backdrop of the West reportedly pressuring Kiev to recommence peace talks. In the event that this proxy war freezes, then there’s a certain logic inherent in replacing some of this lost pressure upon Russia via the opening of other fronts like the Finnish one.

Granted, the “mutually assured destruction” (MAD) between NATO and Russia places very real limits on how much pressure can be exerted along this newfound front, but still opening it might be deemed by the bloc’s decision-makers to be better than keeping it closed in that scenario. In other words, “where one door closes, another opens”, or to be more direct, the end of NATO’s proxy war on Russia via Ukraine could lead to the opening of a less high-stakes but still destabilizing front in Finland.

This outcome would also serve the supplementary purpose of being exploited by the Mainstream Media as the “publicly plausible” pretext for accelerating the Arctic’s militarization. This “final frontier” of the New Cold War is poised to soon be a theater of competition between the US-led West’s Golden Billion and the Sino-Russo Entente due to the Northern Sea Route’s growing role in facilitating East-West trade. Considering this, hyping up the Finnish front like NATO is already doing “kills two birds with one stone”.

The case can thus be made that NATO has concluded that its hegemonic zero-sum interests are best advanced by opening up a “controlled” Finnish front against Russia, which could compensate for the partial closing of the Ukrainian one and push the bloc’s Arctic interests at the same time. For these reasons, Russian-Finnish tensions are expected to further worsen, and all moves that Russia makes in defense of its legitimate interests will be spun as “unprovoked aggression” to speed up these processes.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on Andrew Korybko’s Newsletter.

Andrew Korybko is an American Moscow-based political analyst specializing in the relationship between the US strategy in Afro-Eurasia, China’s One Belt One Road global vision of New Silk Road connectivity, and Hybrid Warfare. He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

For English subtitles.  

click cc on Youtube screen, then enter settings * and click Subtitles/CC and then select Auto-translate, and then Select English or another language in the drop down menu  

***

“Light and Shadow of the ‘New Coronavirus Vaccine” produced by Japan’s CBC Network (Chubu-Nippon Broadcasting).

It offers a two-year documentary record featuring close interviews with families who lost their loved ones after vaccination and patients experiencing “vaccine after effects.”

The documentary includes interviews with representatives from the Ministry of Health, as well as perspectives from local government authorities on the topic of vaccination side effects.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Our thanks to Dr. William Makis for bringing this documentary to our attention.

Featured image is a screenshot from the video


The 2020-22 Worldwide Corona Crisis: Destroying Civil Society, Engineered Economic Depression, Global Coup d’État and the “Great Reset”

My thanks to the Publisher and to the translator Tatsuo Iwana.

序文

「地獄は空っぽで、悪魔は皆ここにいる」(『テンペスト』ウィリアム・シェイクスピア)

私たちは、非常に複雑なプロセスを扱っています。この2年間、私はほぼ毎日、新型コロナウイルス感染症の危機の時系列と展開を分析してきました。

2020年1月の当初から、世界の人々は、急速に進行する危険な伝染病の存在を信じるように、そして受け入れるように仕向けられました。メディアの偽情報は、新型コロナウイルス感染症のシナリオを維持するために役立ちました。

この文章を書いている時点でも、多くの国で抗議運動が勃発しています。2020年1月の当初から、新型コロナウイルス感染症(Covid-19)対策としてロックダウン(都市封鎖)、マスク着用、社会的距離政策(ソーシャルディスタンス)、基本的人権の抑圧を含む政策命令の正当性を維持するために、科学を装った嘘と虚偽が使用されてきました。

財界が支配する意思決定プロセスは極めて複雑です。民主主義を蝕む「全世界統治」の構図が展開されています。同様の指示は、多くの国の腐敗した政治家にも同時に伝わっています。国連システム全体が、この極悪非道な試みの実行に加担しているのです。

パンデミックは2020年3月11日に発表されました。同日、国連の193の加盟国にロックダウン(都市封鎖)の指示が送信され、基本的に「ウイルス対策」の手段として国家経済の(一部)閉鎖を要求しました。

世界中の70億人以上の人々が、コロナ危機と、道徳的に堕落した各国政府が実施する破壊的な指令によって、直接的または間接的に影響を受けています。

世界中で、恐怖をあおる政策が蔓延しています。

2020年後半からは、世界中の人々は巨大製薬会社の新型コロナウイルス感染症ワクチン注射が「解決策」であると信じ込まされました。そして、地球上の全人類が数回の接種を完全に受ければ、「正常」が回復すると信じ込まされました。

通常であれば開発に何年もかかるはずの新型ウイルスSARS-CoV-2のワクチンが、2020年11月初旬に速やかに発売されたのはなぜでしょうか。 ファイザーを筆頭に巨大製薬会社が発表したmRNAワクチンは、ヒトゲノムに関わる遺伝子編集mRNAの実験技術に基づくものです。1

マウスやフェレットを使った標準的な動物実験は行われたのでしょうか?それともファイザーは、「そのまま人間の “モルモット “を使ったのでしょうか?ヒトでの試験は、2020年7月下旬から8月上旬にかけて開始されました。2 「新しいワクチンのテストに3カ月というのは前代未聞です。数年が普通です。」3

新型コロナウイルス感染症ワクチン・プロジェクトは利益追求型です。巨大製薬会社の利益に奉仕する腐敗した政治家たちによって支えられています。これは、世界史上最大のワクチン接種プログラムであり、地球上の全人口(79億人)に(数回に分けて)注射することを目的としています。

mRNAワクチンを打ったことで、結果的に死亡率と疾病率は世界的に上昇しています。その証拠は文書としても十分整っています

本書の概要説明 

第1章では、恐怖をあおる政策、市民社会の意図的な不安定化、メディアの宣伝活動の陰湿な役割に焦点を当てます。

第2章では、新型コロナウイルス感染症の危機の歴史を詳細に振り返り、主な出来事を時系列で検証します。

第3章では、SARS-CoV-2ウイルスの性質と、欠陥のある逆転写ポリメラーゼ連鎖反応(RT-PCR)検査に焦点を当てます。このPCR検査は、当初から各国政府が社会的に抑圧的な政策命令を正当化する目的で「偽データ」を作るために、行われた検査です。

第4章と第5章では、世界的な貧困化と、大富豪の億万長者に有利な富の再分配を含む、この危機の経済的・社会的影響を幅広く検証しています。経済的混乱は、世界史上最も深刻な世界的債務危機の引き金となりました。

第6章では、自殺や薬物乱用の増加など、精神衛生に対するロックダウン政策の破壊的な影響について、検討します。

第7章で検証する巨大製薬会社のワクチン接種プログラムは、2019年末に武漢で新型コロナウイルスが発生したとされる数カ月前にすでに考えられていました。この章では、「殺人ワクチン」(ぴったりの表現)を再調査します。 この章の後半では、ID2020デジタル・アイデンティティ・プロジェクトと、いわゆるワクチン・パスポートの押し付けに焦点を当てます。

第8章では、詐欺と判明した2009年のH1N1豚インフルエンザのパンデミックの状況を振り返ります。これは、本番前の「舞台稽古」だったのでしょうか。

第9章では、「表現の自由の剥奪」と、抗議運動を抑圧し、社会的体制服従(コンプライアンス)を確保するために用いられた権威主義的な政策に焦点を当てます。

第10章は、「人道に対する罪」と「ニュルンベルク綱領」に焦点を当てます。

第11章は、世界経済フォーラムが提案する「世界全体の初期化」を分析します。この提案は、もし採択されれば、全世界統治のシステムを確立し、福祉国家を廃止し、貧困に苦しむ国民に大規模な緊縮財政を課すというものです。世界経済フォーラムの「世界全体の初期化」の公式の標章は、「何も持たず、幸せになろう」です。

第12章は「これからの道」と題されています。「『コロナを利用した専制政治』に反対する世界的な運動の構築」と題したこの章では、金融エリート、巨大製薬会社などの正当性、および国家レベルの腐敗した政治権力に強力に挑戦する世界的な運動の輪郭を描いています。

本書の方法論について一言述べます。私たちの目的は、以下のような慎重な分析を通じて「大きな嘘」を反証することです。

  • 正確なデータ、概念、定義を用いて新型コロナウイルス感染症の危機を歴史的に概観する。
  • 公式文書や査読付き報告書から引用します。多数の出典と参考文献を提示する。
  • 「公式」データ、「公式」推定値、「公式」定義を科学的に分析し、詳細な再調査を行う。
  • WHOの「ガイドライン」や政府の政策が経済、社会、公衆衛生に与える影響を分析する。

私の著者としての目的は、世界中の人々に情報を提供し、通説に反論することです。その通説は、国全体の経済・社会構造を不安定にする口実や正当化の手段として使われ、「命取りの」コロナ「ワクチン」の押し付けがそれに続きました。

この危機は、79億人の人類全体に影響を及ぼしています。私たちは、世界中の同胞と連帯しています。真実は強力な道具です。

ミシェル・チョスドフスキー

グローバルリサーチ、2022年2月

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

On November 22, 2023, we commemorate the assassination of J.F.K. 60 years ago on November 22, 1963

*** 

Comments by Robert F. Kennedy Jr.

Comments by Michel Chossudovsky

Below are excerpts (scroll down) from the article in the NYT regarding Secret Service Agent Paul Landis‘ Revelation 60 years later on the assassination of JFK. This is a political bombshell. 

After 60 years of silence, Secret Service agent Paul Landis’ revelation confirms that on November 22, 1963 there was a Second Shooter besides the late Lee Harvey Oswald, who was assassinated two days later on November 24th, 1963. 
 .
Paul Landis now confirms that the bullet that hit JFK, did not hit Texas Governor John B. Connally who was seriously wounded during the shootings:
.

“Landis told the Times that after Kennedy was shot, he was the one who retrieved the so-called “magic bullet” and explained the chaotic scene that gave him the opportunity.

There was nobody there to secure the scene, and that was a big, big bother to me. All the agents that were there were focused on the president.

 A crowd was gathering. This was all going on so quickly. And I was just afraid that — it was a piece of evidence, that I realized right away. Very important. And I didn’t want it to disappear or get lost. So it was, “Paul, you’ve got to make a decision,” and I grabbed it.”  (NYT, emphasis added)
.
What this means is that the central thesis of the Warren Commission cover up—i.e. that one “magic bullet” hit both JFK and Connally—is an outright lie. 
 .
The lie has now been exposed. Will the truth pertaining to the death of John F. Kennedy prevail? Or will Peter Landis’ revelation be challenged and “refuted”.
.
This revelation has opened a Pandora’s Box, which potentially threatens the legitimacy of  the “NeoCon agenda”. 
.
What will be the response of the corporate media? The legal and political implications of this revelation are far-reaching. It affects our understanding of American history.
.
How will U.S. politicians and the broader public respond? Or will Paul Landis’ revelation be “swept under the rug”. No questions asked.
.

Of significance, the lie pertaining to the “magic bullet” was revealed in the NYT by Paul Landis two days prior to September 11, 2023 –i.e. on the day people in America and around the World are commemorating the 9/11 attacks, which ALSO constitute a Big Lie and a crime against humanity. Is there a historical continuum? Should we not be “connecting the dots”?  

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, September 11, 2023

 

For further details and incisive analysis as well as RFK Jr.’s response see: 

JFK Assassination Witness Breaks 60-Year Silence and Blows Up Key Government Claim Regarding the President’s Death – Robert F. Kennedy Jr. Responds

By Cullen Linebarger, September 11, 2023

 

***

Our thanks to the NYT for having brought this article to our attention.

J.F.K. Assassination Witness Breaks His Silence and Raises New Questions

by Peter Baker

“The account of Paul Landis, one of the Secret Service agents just feet away from John F. Kennedy when he was struck down, could change the understanding of what happened in Dallas in 1963.”

New York Times, September 9, 2023

Excerpts. Click here to read the full NYT article.

He still remembers the first gunshot. For an instant, standing on the running board of the motorcade car, he entertained the vain hope that maybe it was just a firecracker or a blown tire. But he knew guns and he knew better. Then came another shot. And another. And the president slumped down.

For so many nights afterward, he relived that grisly moment in his dreams. Now, 60 years later, Paul Landis, one of the Secret Service agents just feet away from President John F. Kennedy on that fateful day in Dallas, is telling his story in full for the first time. And in at least one key respect, his account differs from the official version in a way that may change the understanding of what happened in Dealey Plaza.

… As it turns out, if his recollections are correct, the much-discussed “magic bullet” may not have been so magic after all.

His memory challenges the theory advanced by the Warren Commission that has been the subject of so much speculation and debate over the years — that one of the bullets fired at the president’s limousine hit not only Kennedy but Gov. John B. Connally Jr. of Texas, who was riding with him, in multiple places.

Mr. Landis’s account, included in a forthcoming memoir, would rewrite the narrative of one of modern American history’s most earth-shattering days in an important way. It may not mean any more than that. But it could also encourage those who have long suspected that there was more than one gunman in Dallas on Nov. 22, 1963, adding new grist to one of the nation’s enduring mysteries.

…. But he was there, a firsthand witness, and it is rare for new testimony to emerge six decades after the fact. He has never subscribed to the conspiracy theories and stresses that he is not promoting one now. At age 88, he said, all he wants is to tell what he saw and what he did. He will leave it to everyone else to draw conclusions.

“There’s no goal at this point,” he said in an interview last month in Cleveland, the first time he has talked about this with a reporter in advance of his book, “The Final Witness,” which will be published by Chicago Review Press on Oct. 10. “I just think it had been long enough that I needed to tell my story.” (NYT, emphasis added)

Click here to read the full NYT article.

Peter Baker, who has covered the past five presidents, reported from Cleveland, where he interviewed Paul Landis.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from DNyuz

Argentina: encender la luz ante la oscuridad que avanza

November 21st, 2023 by Javier Tolcachier

Social Media Influencers Are Dying Mostly of Cardiac Arrests and Destroyed Immune Systems

By Dr. William Makis, November 20, 2023

22 year old Isis Freitas, model and actress was rushed to the Hospital but could not be saved and she died on Nov. 12, 2023, rumors are she died of tuberculosis?

Fake January 6 “Insurrection”: J6 Footage Shows Capitol Police May Have Incited Riot by Firing Munitions Into Peaceful Crowd

By Zero Hedge, November 20, 2023

House Speaker Mike Johnson has released over 40,000 hours of January 6 footage including capitol police body cam footage to the public in the interests of transparency, an action which should have been taken years ago. Each new piece of footage only confirms what many Americans already understood.

Read Anne Boyer’s Extraordinary New York Times Resignation Letter

By Anne Boyer, November 21, 2023

The Israeli state’s U.S-backed war against the people of Gaza is not a war for anyone. There is no safety in it or from it, not for Israel, not for the United States or Europe, and especially not for the many Jewish people slandered by those who claim falsely to fight in their names. Its only profit is the deadly profit of oil interests and weapon manufacturers.

Five Nations Call for ICC Investigation Into ‘Israel’s’ Genocide in Gaza

By Al Mayadeen, November 21, 2023

As confirmed by ICC chief prosecutor Karim Khan, the nations are South Africa, Bangladesh, Bolivia, Comoros, and Djibouti, which are all ICC members. In a statement, Khan said an investigation into Gaza and the occupied West Bank has already started in March 2021 and now “extends to the escalation of hostilities and violence since the attacks that took place on October 2023.”

Were the Biblical Prophets Anti-Semitic?

By Prof Michael Hudson, November 20, 2023

If the prophets of ancient Israel such as Isaiah, Jeremiah, Ezekiel, Malachi and Amos were alive today, Benjamin Netanyahu would accuse them of anti-Semitism for daring to describe his government as a travesty of what the Mosaic covenant was all about.

Rigging Avian Ballots: New Zealand’s Bird of the Century Competition

By Dr. Binoy Kampmark, November 20, 2023

Recently, mild tempers were stirred by what could be regarded as a form of ballot interference, this time regarding the vote for the country’s most famous Bird of the Year competition. On this occasion, the competition, run by the conservation group Forest and Bird since 2005, had an elevated importance, being badged as a vote to identify New Zealand’s Bird of the Century.

Legal Challenge to U.S. Government’s Endorsement of Genocide. California District Court “Complaint” Against Biden, Austin and Blinken

By J. B. Gerald, November 20, 2023

On November 13th in the northern district of California the Center for Constitutional Rights brought suit against U.S. President Joseph Biden, Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin and Secretary of State Antony Blinken, to charge them with failure to prevent genocide and complicity in the genocide of Palestinians in Gaza.

From Darkness to Light. Humanity’s Will to Survive Is a Gift of Evolution

By Dr. Rudolf Hänsel, November 20, 2023

In the dark season, the longing for light is very great, as darkness can have a strong effect on the human mind. Night and darkness are not things that bring people joy. This metaphor of light from the Bible can also be applied to dark socio-political times: the longing for a bright future for society as a whole grows stronger from day to day.

Study Reveals More Than Half of COVID-19 Vaccinated Feel Sick a Year Later

By Naveen Athrappully, November 20, 2023

The study, published at ScienceDirect on Nov. 10, examined potential post-COVID-19 vaccination syndrome (PCVS) among vaccinated individuals and assessed their quality of life (QoL). The study was conducted among adults aged 18 and above from India who had received either Bharat Biotech’s COVAXIN or the AstraZeneca COVID-19 vaccines.

EU Countries Bought More Than €6 Billion in Russian LNG in 2023, Failure of West’s Sanctions Regime

By Ahmed Adel, November 20, 2023

Countries such as Estonia, Lithuania, France, Spain, and others purchased Russian liquefied natural gas despite intentions to abandon the purchase of this fuel. This once again demonstrates Europe’s energy course cannot be independent of Russia, rendering the sanctions more ridiculous, especially since Moscow has overcome them.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

I have resigned as poetry editor of the New York Times Magazine.

The Israeli state’s U.S-backed war against the people of Gaza is not a war for anyone. There is no safety in it or from it, not for Israel, not for the United States or Europe, and especially not for the many Jewish people slandered by those who claim falsely to fight in their names. Its only profit is the deadly profit of oil interests and weapon manufacturers.

The world, the future, our hearts—everything grows smaller and harder from this war. It is not only a war of missiles and land invasions. It is an ongoing war against the people of Palestine, people who have resisted throughout decades of occupation, forced dislocation, deprivation, surveillance, siege, imprisonment, and torture.

Because our status quo is self-expression, sometimes the most effective mode of protest for artists is to refuse.

I can’t write about poetry amidst the ‘reasonable’ tones of those who aim to acclimatize us to this unreasonable suffering. No more ghoulish euphemisms. No more verbally sanitized hellscapes. No more warmongering lies.

If this resignation leaves a hole in the news the size of poetry, then that is the true shape of the present.

—Anne Boyer

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Five nations are calling on the International Criminal Court to launch an investigation into “Israel’s” indiscriminate war and genocide on Gaza and “the situation in the state of Palestine.”

As confirmed by ICC chief prosecutor Karim Khan, the nations are South Africa, Bangladesh, Bolivia, Comoros, and Djibouti, which are all ICC members. In a statement, Khan said an investigation into Gaza and the occupied West Bank has already started in March 2021 and now “extends to the escalation of hostilities and violence since the attacks that took place on October 2023.”

After a recent visit to the Rafah border crossing, Khan said his team gathered a “significant volume ” of evidence on “relevant incidents” in the war, as he appealed for more evidence to be gathered and submitted. 

“I will also continue my efforts to visit the state of Palestine and Israel in order to meet with survivors, hear from civil society organizations, and engage with relevant national counterparts,” he said, adding, in reference to “Israel” not being an ICC member, “I call upon all relevant actors to provide full cooperation with my office.”

From the ICC Itself

Other nations around the world have joined in on calls for the ICC to launch an investigation into the war crimes and crimes against humanity being committed in Gaza by “Israel”.

Colombian President Gustavo Petro said on Thursday that Bogota will support Algeria’s case at the International Criminal Court (ICC) over war crimes committed by “Israel”, led by the Israeli occupation Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, in the ongoing bombardment and ground invasion of the Gaza Strip.

Petro posed on X:

“The Republic of Colombia will cosponsor the denunciation lodged by the Republic of Algeria at the International Criminal Court over war crimes committed by Mister Benjamin Netanyahu in light of the massacre of Palestinian children and civilians he has created.”

Turkey has also filed a case against Netanyahu with the ICC, accusing him of committing genocide against the Palestinians.

Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan confirmed to reporters on November 4 that Turkey is no longer considering Netanyahu as its “interlocutor”, but the head of the Turkish National Intelligence Organization, Ibrahim Kalin, remains in contact with “Israel”.

Attorney Metin Kulunk posted on X:

“Today… we have filed a lawsuit with the International Criminal Court in The Hague against the Hitler of the 21st century of Israeli Prime Minister Netanyahu, who must stand trial for the genocide he committed in the Gaza Strip and all crimes against humanity.”

The Argentinian lawyer and former prosecutor of the ICC, Luis Moreno Ocampo, took to social media platform X to condemn “Israel” in four posts that will probably infuriate the occupation to its very core. 

In his thread, the first post read:

“A full blockade of Gaza could be considered a crime against humanity and a genocide. It could be investigated by the International Criminal Court.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The governing Justice and Development Party attorneys said on Tuesday that Turkey has filed a case against Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu with the International Criminal Court (ICC), accusing him of committing genocide against the Palestinians.

Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan confirmed to reporters on November 4 that Turkey is no longer considering Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu as its “interlocutor“, but the head of the Turkish National Intelligence Organization, Ibrahim Kalin, remains in contact with “Israel”.

Attorney Metin Kulunk posted on X:

“Today… we have filed a lawsuit with the International Criminal Court in The Hague against the Hitler of the 21st century of Israeli Prime Minister Netanyahu, who must stand trial for the genocide he committed in the Gaza Strip and all crimes against humanity.”

Kulunk revealed the first of the lawsuit’s twenty-three pages and explained that, together with two other attorneys, he filed the case through the Turkish Ministry of Justice, which would forward the file to the International Criminal Court.

On Sunday, Erdogan slammed the United Nations and its Security Council, deeming them ineffective in addressing the mounting humanitarian crisis in Gaza.

Erdogan called for a reform of the UN’s permanent membership and veto systems, expressing dissatisfaction with the current structure where one member’s incorrect actions can hinder meaningful outcomes.

He accused the UN of disregarding the suffering of Gazans and emphasized the need for a more equitable system that doesn’t leave the fate of the world in the hands of a few countries with veto power.

“The UN has become ineffective. That is to say, even the UN Security Council cannot achieve any results. If one Council member acts incorrectly then nothing happens,” he said.

Elsewhere in his remarks, Erdogan stated that any agreement between Turkey and the United States regarding the Gaza Strip is impossible if Washington considers it part of Israeli territory. He stressed that Gaza belongs to the Palestinian people, and the US must recognize this for any agreement to be feasible.

Erdogan expressed reluctance to call President Joe Biden, suggesting that the US needs to acknowledge the rightful ownership of Gaza by the Palestinian people.

In a similar context, Ione Belarra, a left-wing Spanish minister, posted a video to X, in which she condemned the Israeli occupation, citing the thousands of individuals “brutally killed by ‘Israel’.”

According to Belarra,

“We are witnessing a live Genocide,” adding that she did not want to be complicit. “If you don’t stop brutality in time, it drags you along with it,” she stressed

She continued, “Today it’s the Palestinians, tomorrow it could be anyone,” citing that more than 60 parliamentarians from across Europe and Latin America are taking Netanyahu and his political leadership to the International Criminal Court (ICC).

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Israel tendo dificuldades e sofrendo perdas tanto em terra como no mar.

November 20th, 2023 by Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

Parece cada vez mais claro que o conflito na Palestina não é uma tarefa fácil para Israel. Além das dificuldades de avançar no campo de batalha e das pesadas perdas que as IDF sofreram durante os confrontos com as tropas palestinas, começam a ocorrer derrotas no mar. As forças iemenitas, que anteriormente declararam total apoio à Palestina, capturaram um importante navio mercante israelita, fazendo novos reféns e melhorando o poder de negociação dos palestinos no processo de negociação de troca de prisioneiros.

Sem dúvida, Israel é mais forte do que os seus adversários na atual guerra. Tel Aviv é um estado com uma estrutura complexa e organizada, possuindo um exército nacional regular e força suficiente para derrotar milícias armadas como o Hamas e muitos outros grupos armados palestinos. O problema é que os combates não acontecem de forma simétrica e, apesar dos avanços territoriais, Israel está claramente sofrendo danos significativos, o que poderá gerar grandes dificuldades num futuro próximo.

As Brigadas Al-Qassam, o braço militar do Hamas, anunciam frequentemente a neutralização de soldados e tanques israelitas. Vários vídeos foram publicados nas redes sociais mostrando combatentes do Hamas usando foguetes e granadas contra tanques israelenses e desativando-os instantaneamente. Confirmando o que tinha sido previsto pelos analistas, Israel está a ter dificuldades em utilizar os seus veículos de combate numa área urbana cheia de escombros. Os bombardeamentos das IDF destruíram edifícios civis, tornando o terreno em Gaza um terreno difícil para tanques, que acabam por se tornar um alvo fácil para o Hamas.

No mesmo sentido, é importante lembrar que Israel ainda não conseguiu entrar nos túneis do Hamas. As IDF alegaram que a resistência palestina estava usando o Hospital Al Shifa e outras instalações civis como escudo humano. Com essas desculpas, vários bombardeios foram realizados contra hospitais, mas nenhum bunker foi encontrado. Na prática, as IDF não conseguem encontrar a forma correta de chegar ao sistema subterrâneo do inimigo. Portanto, os bombardeamentos contra civis não têm realmente qualquer valor estratégico.

No entanto, a situação é complicada não apenas no campo de batalha terrestre. No mar, as coisas estão a piorar para o estado sionista, que começa a sofrer perdas não só militares, mas também comerciais. Em 19 de novembro, as forças armadas Houthi do Iêmen capturaram um importante navio mercante israelense no Mar Vermelho. O navio pertence a um empresário israelense e era operado por funcionários de empresas alemãs e japonesas em viagem da Turquia à Índia.

Comentando o tema nas redes sociais, o porta-voz militar Houthi, Yahya Saree, disse que a apreensão foi uma resposta aos “atos hediondos contra os nossos irmãos palestinos em Gaza e na Cisjordânia”, acrescentando que “se a comunidade internacional está preocupada com a segurança regional e estabilidade, em vez de expandir o conflito, deveria pôr fim à agressão de Israel contra Gaza”.

Segundo relatos, 25 pessoas foram feitas prisioneiras pelos Houthis. Acredita-se que nenhum dos tripulantes seja cidadão israelense, o que torna o caso ainda mais complicado. Ao capturar um navio israelita com tripulação estrangeira, os Houthis criam uma situação de instabilidade diplomática para Tel Aviv. Os países cujos cidadãos foram capturados exigirão uma operação de resgate rápida e segura, mas isso é quase impossível de ser conseguido por meios militares. Portanto, o poder de negociação dos palestinos aumenta. Para evitar uma crise diplomática com a possível morte de estrangeiros numa operação naval, Israel terá de concordar em libertar prisioneiros palestinos, retirar-se militarmente ou atender a qualquer outro pedido dos iemenitas.

Todos estes fatores levam Israel a circunstâncias diplomáticas e militarmente difíceis. As IDF têm de enfrentar um longo desgaste militar, pesadas perdas e, paralelamente, Tel Aviv tem grande instabilidade diplomática e política. O governo de Netanyahu é o mais prejudicado por esta crise, uma vez que qualquer uma das suas ações se volta contra ele. Se Netanyahu aumentar os ataques, ele será criticado por violações dos direitos humanos e por fomentar a guerra. Se reduzir a intensidade dos combates, os opositores consideram-no um líder fraco e incapaz de alcançar os objectivos de Israel.

Paralelamente a tudo isso, as chances de o conflito atingir um nível internacional aumentam a cada dia. Recentemente, o Hezbollah publicou um vídeo em suas redes sociais com a mensagem “estamos chegando”. Isto gerou expectativas de que as tropas da milícia libanesa iniciarão em breve um ataque em grande escala. O grupo tem participado de facto no conflito desde o início, utilizando artilharia e drones para destruir as infraestruturas militares e de inteligência israelitas na fronteira com o Líbano. Considerando o enorme poder militar do Hezbollah – aparentemente o maior grupo armado não estatal do mundo – o início de uma incursão terrestre prejudicaria enormemente os planos israelitas.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

 

Artigo em inglês : Israel having difficulties and suffering losses both on land and sea, InfoBrics, 20 de November de 2023

Imagem : InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, jornalista, pesquisador do Center for Geostrategic Studies, consultor geopolítico.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://twitter.com/leiroz_lucas

We stand in Solidarity with Palestine. But we must recognize that the United States Military and Intelligence apparatus is firmly behind Netanyahu. 

There are strategic, geopolitical and economic objectives behind Israel’s genocide directed against the People of Palestine. 

 

Who are the Perpetrators?

Cui Bono: “Crimes are often committed to benefit their perpetrators”

Israel’s War against the People of Palestine serves the interests of Big Money, the Military Industrial Complex, Corrupt Politicians…

The Genocide is implemented by Netanyahu on behalf of the United States.

The US military and intelligence apparatus is behind Israel’s criminal bombing and invasion of Gaza.
 
The unfolding Middle East War is largely directed against Iran.
 

Video Interview: Michel Chossudovsky with Caroline Mailloux

 

Also available in Odysee

Were the Biblical Prophets Anti-Semitic?

November 20th, 2023 by Prof Michael Hudson

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

If the prophets of ancient Israel such as Isaiah, Jeremiah, Ezekiel, Malachi and Amos were alive today, Benjamin Netanyahu would accuse them of anti-Semitism for daring to describe his government as a travesty of what the Mosaic covenant was all about. A common thread running throughout the Jewish Bible – Christianity’s Old Testament – was to criticize kings, the wealthy and corrupt courts for violating the Mosaic commandments to create a fair and equitable society protecting the poor from the economic oppression of debt bondage, and loss of their land. If the prophets were summoned to give judgment today, it is Netanyahu’s right-wing Likud Party and the steeply unequal economy of Israel that would be condemned as violating the most basic laws of Biblical Judaism.

Prophet after prophet described the Lord as being so displeased with Israel on so many occasions for deviating from his commandments that he withdrew his protection and condemned the land to which Moses had led his followers to be conquered as punishment. The Biblical prophets attributed Israel’s defeat by Sargon in 722 BC to the Lord’s punishment for its falling away from the covenant the Lord had offered. Israel’s punishment fit the crime: Just as its wealthy creditor elite had dispossessed their brethren from the land, so the ten tribes of Israel were deported to Mesopotamia and Media, and Judah’s size was reduced to only the region surrounding Jerusalem.

Ezekiel, the great prophet of the Exile, was taken to Babylonia in 597 BC as a military hostage. He became the leading influence on Ezra and the priestly school that edited the Torah’s early sources into a version that was finalized when the Jews returned from Babylon and wrote the Babylonian concepts of economic justice into the Mosaic Holiness Code. In an apocalyptic tone Ezekiel 7 announces:

“The word of the Lord came to me: … ‘The end is now upon you and I will unleash my anger against you. I will judge you according to your conduct and repay you for all your detestable practices,’” citing the polarization of wealth by the wealthiest Jews, corrupting the law courts and violating the original covenant with the Lord.

Were the prophets self-loathing Jews? Are those who criticize today’s right-wing politicians abolishing the land’s courts of justice, urging the mass murder of civilians and destroying an entire society’s infrastructure anti-Semites? Does commenting that October 7th did not occur “in a vacuum,” as UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres did – even indeed after characterizing it as an atrocity – make one an anti-Semite?  

What I find most amazing is that no religious scholars are pointing out that Netanyahu’s claim to be following a Biblical covenant as his excuse for committing genocide to seize Palestinian land and destroy its existing population is a travesty of what actually is written in the Bible. 

By a sleight-of-hand like that of a stage magician trying to distract the audience’s attention from what really is happening, Netanyahu has evoked what he claims to be a Biblical excuse for Israeli genocide of Palestinians. But what he pretends to be a covenant in the tradition of Moses is a vicious demand by the judge and grey eminence Samuel telling Saul, the general whom he hopes to make king:

“Now go and smite Amalek [an enemy of Israel], and totally destroy everything that belongs to them. Do not spare them; put to death men and women, children and infants, cattle and sheep, camels and donkeys” (1 Samuel 15:3). 

These were not the Lord’s own words, and Samuel was no Moses. And there was no blanket promise to back the Jews regardless of their behavior. And indeed, in following Samuel’s demand for conquest – as a means of making Saul popular enough to be made king – Saul broke the Lord’s commandments about proper religious ceremonial and dietary behavior. One would have no idea from Netanyahu’s celebration of the compact between Samuel and Saul to become popular by military conquest that Saul’s misbehavior led Samuel himself to rebuke Saul and tell him that the Lord had decided that another man must be found to be king of Israel. 

It was not the Lord offering that command to destroy Amalek, but a prophet anxious to place a king on the throne. Invocation of such a command is prima facie evidence of an intention to commit genocide. But that seemed less important to Netanyahu than pandering to the desire for revenge amongst Israelis. Netanyahu makes no mention of the fact that Saul disobeyed the Lord’s commandments and the Lord rejected him as king. Nor does Likud acknowledge the context, a few chapters earlier in I Samuel 12:15, describing the corrupt rule of judges and Samuel’s warning that “if you do not obey the Lord, and if you rebel against his commands, his hand will be against you,” and the Lord’s warning that “if you persist in doing evil, both you and your king will be swept away.” 

The Jewish Bible is remarkable in criticizing the kings who ruled Judah and Israel. It is in fact a long narrative of social revolution, in which religious leaders sought – often successfully – to check the power of a selfish and aggressive oligarchy that was denounced again and again for its greed in impoverishing the poor, taking their land and reducing them to debt bondage. (My book “… and forgive them their debts” [Dresden 2018] describes this history.) The Jewish kings, wealthy families and corrupt courts led the Lord repeatedly to abandon them in the face of Assyria, Babylon and lesser opponents when they lapsed into selfish and oppressive behavior.

What was the covenant at Horeb near Mount Sinai? Simply put, the Lord gave Moses the Ten Commandments, which had a moral focus on economic justice, and made a bargain binding all future Jews to obey these commandments (Exodus 19-23 and Deuteronomy 5:2 and 28:43).

From the very beginning the Lord threatened to punish the Jews if they broke this covenant. The prophets are quoted as citing the many ways in which succeeding generations broke it. Reference to that context of fair rule was the role of a prophet (both ancient and modern): to awaken the people – and to be despised by those in power, especially by oppressive oligarchies. Judea, in accordance with the commandments, was supposed to provide mutual aid and protect the poor, not let creditors take the land for themselves.

So Judea lost battles to foreigners, whom the prophets described as used by the Lord as his instrument to punish the Jews for their transgression against the economic and other moral laws that the Lord had laid down. Does one doubt that today’s greater Israel [the land over which it exerts total control, including Gaza, the West Bank and East Jerusalem] is economically polarized and unequal both financially and in terms of human rights?

Deuteronomy 28:21-25 warns that if the Jews fail to obey the Lord’s commandments,

“The Lord will plague you with diseases until he has destroyed you from the land you are entering to possess,” and “will cause you to be defeated before your enemies.”

Deuteronomy then (29:24-25) reminds the Jews that if the Lord does to them as he had done to Sodom and Gomorrah, Admath and Zeboiim,

“It is because this people abandoned the covenant of the Lord, the God of their fathers, the covenant he made with them when he brought them out of Egypt.”

The prophets described what obeying the covenant meant. Isaiah 5:3 and 8 cited economic inequality as the greatest woe, blaming the elders and leaders for taking “plunder from the poor into your houses.” He declaimed:

“Woe to you who add house to house and join field to field, till no space is left alone in the land.”

That is exactly the fate that is befalling the Palestinians driven off their land by today’s Israel as a settler state.

Isaiah 10:1-3 declaims:

“Woe to those who make unjust laws, to those who issue oppressive decrees, to deprive the poor of their rights and rob my oppressed people of justice, making widows their prey and robbing the fatherless. What will you do on the day of reckoning, when disaster comes from afar?”

And in 29:13-15:

“The Lord says: ‘These people come to me with their mouth and honor me with their lips, but their hearts are far from me. Their worship of me is made up only of rules taught by men. … Woe to those who go to great depths to hide their plans from the Lord.”

Sound familiar? Isaiah 48:1 and 8 says,

“Listen, O house of Jacob, you who are called by the name of Israel … and invoke the God of Israel – but not in truth or righteousness. … Well I know how treacherous you are; you were called a rebel from birth.”

The next prophet, Jeremiah 2, accuses Israel of abandoning the Lord and thus breaking the covenant, bringing disaster upon itself with its “wickedness and backsliding” and becoming “a corrupt, wild vine.” Calling Israel unfaithful (3:8 and 20-21) the Lord “gave faithless Israel her certificate of divorce and sent her away,” and Judah was just as bad. The Lord again threatened (17:3-4): “Through your own fault you will lose the inheritance I gave you … for you have kindled my anger and it will burn forever.”

In a move that has failed to shock or dismay conservative Christians, the United States has become modern Israel’s protector and lord, while Israel’s economy (like that of the United States) is polarizing along the same lines that the Biblical prophets denounced, such as when Ezekiel 7 and 16 repeated the Lord’s anger at unfaithful Jerusalem, saying metaphorically (16:13) that “you trusted in your beauty and used your fame to become a prostitute,” not heeding the poor and needy. And in 34:2: “Woe to the shepherds of Israel who only take care of themselves” but plunder their flock.

Amos 2 accuses Israel of numerous sins:

“They sell the righteous for silver, and … trample on the heads of the poor … and deny justice to the oppressed.”

And Micah 7:3 declaims:

“Woe to those who plan inequity, to those who plot evil on their beds … because it is in their power to do it. … Therefore, the Lord said, ‘I am planning disaster against this people, from which you cannot save yourselves’” when the wealthy join up as “the ruler demands gifts, the judge accepts bribes, the powerful dictate what they desire – they all conspire together.”

Today’s modern Zionism is at odds with the Jewish Bible. That is understandable given that its ideology comes from a very secular group despite its recent takeover by self-identified orthodox Jews.

The rhetoric used by Netanyahu is a travesty when one notes how the Jewish Bible proclaimed that wealth and property were to be distributed equitably, not concentrated in the hands of an oligarchy. Exodus 23:1 and 9 give the following insight into how aliens – the Palestinians of their day – were to be treated:

“Do not follow the crowd in doing wrong,” but “lay down the law of justice and mercy: Do not oppress an alien; you yourselves know how it feels to be aliens, because you were aliens in Egypt.”

Is it justice and mercy to shut off water, food, medicine and fuel to an entire population and level or damage half of its buildings and most of its critical infrastructure including entire swarths of homes?

Is it justice and mercy to force hospitals to shut down, bomb ambulances, drop six 2,000 pound bombs on a refugee camp?

While billions around the world witness the super-Kristalnacht carnage in Gaza and blatant pogroms on the West Bank “serious” Western journalists warn that an existential threat is posed by refugees with hang gliders but no planes, tanks or artillery pieces.

The same journalists ignore the time-proven truism that “the blood of martyrs is the seed of the faith” and that killing thousands of innocents immediately and many thousands in the chaos that follows will not weaken but strengthen a resistance movement. It was that same reaction in the wake of Nazism that turned today’s Zionist leaders into haters.

In the final lines of the Jewish Bible, Malachi 4 speaks of the Lord’s emphasis that Israel’s covenant with God had a strong contractual quid pro quo as a condition for his support:

“‘All the arrogant and every evil-doer will be stubble, and that day that is coming will set them on fire,’ says the Lord Almighty. … ‘Remember the law of my servant Moses, the decrees and laws I gave him at Horeb for all Israel.’”

If these laws continued to be disobeyed, the Lord threatened, “I will come and strike the land with a curse.”

It seems that this curse has now come, in the form of most of the world’s population so appalled at the self-righteous genocide being committed by two secular governments claiming (to the discredit of Western religions) divine sanctification, Israel and the United States, just as the Western non-Soviet economy created in 1945 in the wake of World War II is breaking into two parts. 

We are living in secular times. The United States has become modern Israel’s protector and lord, and it itself has become corrupt along the same lines that the great prophets denounced. American evangelists, like the Israeli government, have excluded the message of the Biblical prophets and Jesus’s social message, selecting only the Covenant as a deed of conquest and promise of a ticket to heaven without any behavioral quid pro quo involved.

The broad spectrum of Judeo-Christian religion has been secularized as today’s world differs so fundamentally from that of classical antiquity. American TV evangelicals make a travesty of Jesus’s attempt to restore the Mosaic Jubilee Year cancelling the debts that threatened ancient populations with bondage and led to the loss of their means of self-support on the land. The “Prosperity Gospel” has replaced Jesus with Ayn Rand, Milton Friedman and Frederick Hayek. 

Already in the 4th and 5th centuries, almost as soon as Constantine made Christianity the Roman State religion, Augustine changed the translation of the Lord’s Prayer and Jesus’s Sermon on the Mount by replacing debt cancellation with the non-economic idea of original sin inborn from Adam. To cap matters, the new interpretation replaced Jesus’s call for debt cancellation with Church demands for monetary contributions to obtain indulgences and forgiveness. Subsequent Christianity became so pro-creditor that it defended the sanctity of debt, not its cancellation. To finance the Crusades in the 13th century, the popes excommunicated Christian clergy and secular reformers who opposed paying usury – which was re-defined as “interest” and permitted as long as it was Christian bankers who were making the loans.

Israel may have a convoluted legal right to shoot Palestinians coming over its wall in an attempt to defend land that settlers have seized illegally from them. But as an occupying power it does not have the sanctimonious right to disregard virtually every international law regarding war and collective punishment simply for revenge and to demonstrate to Lebanon, Syria, Turkey and Iran what it will do to them with American support if they join in the fray. Netanyahu’s actions and claims for religious sanctification for them are the antithesis of the original Judaism. His Likud government rejects the ethic of the Jewish Bible as much as America’s Christian evangelists reject the message of Jesus. 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Michael Hudson is President of The Institute for the Study of Long-Term Economic Trends (ISLET), a Wall Street Financial Analyst, Distinguished Research Professor of Economics at the University of Missouri, Kansas City. He is the author of Killing the Host (published in e-format by CounterPunch Books and in print by Islet). His new book is J is For Junk Economics.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

On November 13th in the northern district of California the Center for Constitutional Rights brought suit against U.S. President Joseph Biden, Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin and Secretary of State Antony Blinken, to charge them with failure to prevent genocide and complicity in the genocide of Palestinians in Gaza.

The Palestinian plaintiffs ask for an injunction to stop U.S. support for the unfolding genocide. The plaintiffs are two human rights groups, Defense for Children International-Palestine (DCIP) and Al-Haq, and eight Palestinians, some in Gaza or displaced, or US citizens or in the US. By mid November over a hundred in their families have already been killed.

The evidence presented in the 86-page “Complaint” is clear and may be overwhelming.

The first claim that the U.S. has failed its duty under law to prevent the genocide of Gazans is obvious. The second claim that Biden, Blinken and Austin bear some responsibility for the genocide – whether the crime is of aiding and abetting, or of complicity in genocide, or of inciting, or of conspiring to commit genocide by supporting a clearly expressed intention of genocide may be obvious to common sense, but vulnerable to disagreement when legal terms of international law need clarification under U.S. domestic law.

The Center for Constitutional Rights, the National Lawyers Guild and Palestine Legal, have informed Congress by letter of the dangers of aiding and abetting a genocide, of possible court action against Congresspeople who support the genocide, and of a lack of statue of limitations for the crime (Cohn, Truthout).

U.S. judges historically dodge attempts to apply the Convention on Genocide to U.S. officials. It’s also difficult overseas (an attempt in Spanish court to charge George W. Bush among others with genocide in Iraq). The Convention on Genocide clearly applies to government officials.

An impunity evident in the Israeli government’s unrelenting attempt to destroy the people of Gaza as a group, global horror at the ongoing atrocity, and the US refusal to stop the slaughter instead of supporting it may bend the court toward humanity. Also on the side of compassion is a concern for the Israeli hostages held by Hamas, and Israelis who have fought decades for peace with Palestine but become victims in a war wrenched from humanity by their government’s atrocities. It’s unrealistic not to expect eventual devastating repercussions, against Jews and other innocents globally.

American law is likely to be in the hands of the Honorable Donna M. Ryu (Cohn, Truthout) hearing the arguments of a preliminary injunction on January 11th in Oakland California. With degrees from Yale and Berkeley Law School, appointed by Obama, with 10 years on the Bench, strong on women’s rights, very strong on rights for the homeless, she is Korean-American, openly lesbian, and not authoritarian.

Of civil liberties organizations bringing suit for the Palestinian plaintiffs, the Center for Constitutional Rights was founded by William Kunstler and Arthur Kinoy in the early 1960s and joined in 1998 by Edith Tiger’s New York Civil Liberties Committee (from the Fifties). Kunstler (from Brooklyn), Kinoy (from NYC) and Tiger (an immigrant from Poland) became ikons of ethical justice in the U.S.. Brave lawyers have worked CCR and NECLC for over half a century.

With media suppressing news of this case the CCR “Complaint” and related documents can be found at the Center for Constitutional Rights case page, “Defense for Children International-Palestine v. Biden.”

The “Complaint” is also archived at nightslantern.ca: “Defense for Children International-Palestine v. Biden: Complaint” Nov. 13, 2013, The Center for Constitutional Rights (CCR).”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on the author’s blog site, nightslantern.ca.

Sources

“Palestinians File an Emergency Motion to Block U.S. Aid for Israel’s Genocide in Gaza,” Marjorie Cohn, Nov. 17, 2023, Truthout);

“‘Failure to Prevent Genocide’: Biden Sued as U.S. Provides Arms & Support for Israel’s Gaza Assault,” Amy Goodman, Katherine Gallagher, Nermeen Shaikh, Nov. 16, 2023, Democracy Now!;

“US President Biden sued for ‘complicity’ in Israel’s ‘genocide’ in Gaza,” Nov. 14, 2023, AlJazeera;

“US rights group sues Biden for alleged ‘failure to prevent genocide’ in Gaza,” Chris McGreal, Nov. 13, 2023, The Guardian.

Featured image: Made in Israel – by Mr. Fish

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

 

Nov. 15, 2023 – Salvador, Brazil – Beauty influencer 34 year old Jeane Passos dos Santos died suddenly from “complications from a blood disorder.”

Nov. 12, 2023 – Brazil – 22 year old Isis Freitas, model and actress was rushed to the Hospital but could not be saved and she died on Nov. 12, 2023, rumors are she died of tuberculosis?

Nov. 9, 2023 – Reality TV Star and Fitness influencer 40 year old Brandi Mallory was found dead in her car on Nov. 9, 2023, in the parking lot of a strip mall after eating at Chipotle the previous day (presumed cardiac arrest).

Nov. 7, 2023 – Brazilian Reality TV Star 29 year old Luana Andrade had a liposuction of the knee procedure in São Paulo Nov. 7, 2023. 2.5 hours into surgery, she went into four simultaneous cardiac arrests and was resuscitated by medical personnel. When tests revealed she experienced a massive thrombosis, she was transferred to the ICU. She died in the ICU at 5:30am. Cause of death: pulmonary embolism.

Nov. 6, 2023 – Brazilian Influencer 41 year old Vanessa Mancini died suddenly on Nov. 6, 2023. Vanessa had been putting up decorations at her luxury apartment in Brazil, ahead of the festive season when collapsed and had a cardiac arrest. She could not be revived by paramedics.

Nov. 5, 2023 – Youtube Influencer mother of two 36 year old Jenny Apple who fought terminal Lung cancer for tow years, despite never smoking, died on Nov. 5, 2023.

Oct. 26, 2023 – Philippines – 19 year old TikToker Apple Paguio started vomiting blood, was rushed to the hospital and died suddenly in the hospital 3 days later.

Oct. 23, 2023 – Brazil – 25 year old Juliana Rocha, make-up influencer on TikTok who was recently diagnosed with Leukemia, died from cardiac arrest, fluid in the lungs and allegedly tuberculosis.

Oct. 21, 2023 – 34 year old Colombian actress & model Alejandra Villafane Osorio died from a very rare cancer Oct. 21, 2023. She fought months against ovarian germ cell tumor (& breast tumors).

Image

Oct. 20, 2023 – 41 year old New Zealand fitness bodybuilder and fitness influencer Raechelle Chase died suddenly and unexpectedly, leaving behind 5 children.

Oct. 19, 2023 – Singapore – Influencer Larry Koh died in his sleep on Oct. 19, 2023. He was COVID-19 mRNA Vaccinated. “This whole week’s been about taking my 2nd Pfizer jab.”

Click here to read the full article.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

During the Summer of 1975 I worked as a volunteer on a Kibbutz in Northern Israel, close to the border with Lebanon.  As a recent organic farming exponent in the UK, I wanted to explore how this unique socioeconomic experiment on the land was working.

Although my stay in Israel was relatively short, it was an intense and meaningful experience. One which, as you will see as this story unfolds, throws a highly prescient light on the current catastrophe.

There were maybe two hundred residents of the kibbutz, named ‘Rosh Ha Nikra’.

One rose early and went to work on the land, coming back for a common breakfast at 9.a.m. It was too hot to work later in the mornings so one returned to the fields late afternoon to put in another session.

At its inception, the basis of this community was carved out of a desert. Only an intense commitment to establishing an enduring self-sufficient village could turn the sour, salty land into something capable of growing sufficient food to provide for its occupants and a trading income.

By the time I visited, there was already a thriving rural economy in operation, growing and exporting avocado pears and dairy products. Houses and land are integrated as a cooperative in the kibbutz movement, with no private ownership.

Being situated close to the Lebanese border had its disadvantages. Missiles were periodically launched into surrounding territory as unresolved hostilities flared-up intermittently on the border land. It was disconcerting to an outsider, but the Rosh Ha Nikra community was hardened to this reality and did not let it break their daily routines.

I am not Jewish, but have worked closely with Jewish colleagues in theatre and education projects based largely in the USA and Belgium. This led me to become interested in further exploring the background to the Israeli/Palestinian tensions that dog the peaceful functioning of the ‘two-state’ land division established in 1948.

In a break from the Kibbutz work schedule, I was fortuitously given the opportunity to meet a senior figure of the Israeli military in Haifa. A kind, thoughtful individual who was close to retirement. 

Questioning him about his perspective on Israeli/Palestinian tensions, he responded in a way that threw a highly significant light on the reality. I recount here my memory of the deeply prescient contents of what he said:

“Israel is not a country.  The word in Hebrew means ‘to strive with God’ (to work with God). It is a tribal aspiration, it is not a place. To give the name Israel to this area of land is a falsification. It comes from the Zionist belief that this country is the original homeland of the Jews. There is no historical evidence for this belief, it is a dangerous fixation. Zionism is not Judaism.”

At the time I was not fully aware of the ramifications of this reply; however it vividly endured in my mind from there on.

My host asked what places I intended to visit in Israel. Definitely Jerusalem, I replied. His response was quite firm “Go beyond Jerusalem into the West Bank; into Jordan. Experience this place where Jordanians and Palestinian refugees live and work together.”

I took his advice, initially boarding a bus to Jerusalem. It was here that I first experienced an uneasy tension between Palestinian and Jewish citizens.

It should be remembered that a number of holy sites in Jerusalem are places of worship for both Palestinians and Jews. The ancient claims of both parties to the rights of ‘ownership’ of these sites causes an atmosphere of distrust and suspicion to never be far from the surface. Over the years, many bloody incidents have flared-up out of this febrile tension.

Within deeper spiritual texts of old, bestowing imaginary religious powers on material objects and buildings, is considered a form of blasphemy of God, whose omniscient presence is recognised as a manifestation of infinite spirit, giving equal status to all races, colours, creeds and places. A manifestation of universal truth, not a proclamation about rights of ownership.

This reflects on just why associating ‘Israel’ with a material possession would completely distort the true significance the epithet ‘To strive with God’.

After exploring the impressive but austere architecture of old Jerusalem, I stepped into a colourful, creaking bus heading down into the ancient city of Jericho.

Immediately the atmosphere lifted. The bus and its occupants slowly weaved its way down a long twisting road into the fertile valley below, while Arabic songs wailed out from the radio and the air became perfumed by sweet incense. Arabic headdresses replaced the casual Westernised attire of most Israelis. 

Outside, barren mountain slopes predominated, but in a number of places basic agricultural cultivations were in progress.

Upon arriving in Old Jericho, a hoard of young men exuberantly offered their services to show visitors the local sites. I duly accepted the services of a young man with a broad smile, a good approximation of the English language and a promise of full knowledge of the relics of this ancient city.

After a long day spent walking the ruins and rugged path ways, my guide asked me where I was staying. I don’t know, was my reply. Did he recommend anywhere? 

No he didn’t, advising it was not a good idea to stay in a local hotel. Instead, he invited me to his family home and to attend a ceremony celebrating the birth of his brother’s first child. A raucous event of much fraternal dancing and singing into which I was fully integrated.

During more quiet moments my host told me about living in a form of Israeli police state. He admitted the tensions, but never spoke badly of the occupiers of his homeland, even praising Jewish agricultural achievements made on the barren hills East of Jerusalem.

I spent a further few days visiting local townships; mostly peaceful, but some of the larger market towns, like Nablus, widely patrolled by Israeli armed police clearly expecting trouble.

A few weeks later I left the country, with a strong impression left imprinted on my mind: on the kibbutz I was treated as a co-worker – and in Jordan I was treated as a brother. It was possible for me to see how these two quite different cultures could coexist in peace.

But this could only work if the Israeli population would adopt the wisdom of the military leader I met in Haifa; and the Palestinians echo the respect for Israeli workers shown by my young Jordanian friend. Such qualities, forming the foundation of humanitarian inter-cultural respect, are the best, and perhaps only, chance for lasting peace and unity.

Almost fifty years later, my reflections are not dimmed. However they have been dashed on the rocks of a terrible political deception which has now emerged as the catalyst for an ethnic cleansing nightmare that blows apart any opportunity for a peaceful resolution.

This is a conflict created by the dark spin doctors of the New World Order. It is part of a deadly and carefully planned chess game designed to wipe Palestine, Gaza and the Palestinian people off the map and free-up the country of Israel to become the Zionist capital of the world.

Prime Minister Netanyahu has publicly declared as much. For him and his fanatical Zionist colleagues, it is ‘God’s will’ that they should obliterate any and all opposition to the ‘chosen race’ achieving its ends.

The great majority of Jews I know – and I believe the one’s I don’t – are appalled by this utterly insane megalomania. They have seen through the distortions and lies that surround the supposed preordained right of total ‘possession’ of this ancient strip of land at the Eastern most point of the Mediterranean sea. 

Those warm hearted brothers, sisters and elders who presently live in Israel, hold the key to the restoration of sanity.

I most ardently call upon them to show the courage and irrevocable determination to resist Netanyahu’s mass extermination plans.

Such resistance has the potential to catalyse a large ground swell of bottom-up support from around the world; but to do so – it must start from within Israel itself and embody:

  • Total non compliance with political orders.
  • A nationwide refusal to to be party to the murder of fellow human beings. 
  • A solid rebuttal of the demands of military recruitment.
  • A ‘pro humanity’ expression of unequivocal solidarity with Palestinian brothers, sisters and children who share the same territory and know it as home; and whose fate it is to be subject to the view that they are ‘animals’ destined for the slaughter house.

No thinking, feeling, self-respecting Israelite could fall into line with such depravity.

Israel, as I learned, means ‘to strive with God’. A fine and liberating ideal. So if one is proud to be an Israeli citizen, one should know that this means to carry out actions that will be smiled upon by one’s Creator. 

This is the true ideological goal of the tribe of Israel. 

Anything else is a falsehood and must be recognised as that. 

Not just for the sake of preventing an unimaginable tragedy for the people of Palestine and of Israel, but for all of humanity.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Julian Rose is an organic farmer, writer, broadcaster and international activist. He is author of four books of which the latest ‘Overcoming the Robotic Mind’ is a clarion call to resist the despotic New World Order takeover of our lives. Do visit his website for further information www.julianrose.info  

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is by Latuff, 2006 (Source: Looking out at the World from Canada)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

 

 

 

Oct. 31, 2023 – Gatineau, QC – 30 year old Melissa Marenger suffered a cardiac arrest while giving birth to her second child and died (reported Oct. 31, 2023).

Image

Oct. 28, 2023 – Douglas, NB – 34 year old Jennifer Ann Hachey died suddenly in her sleep on Oct. 28, 2023.

Image

Oct. 27, 2023 – Gardner, MA – 38 year old Crystal Spofford died suddenly on Oct. 27, 2023. “Lets get Vaccinated.”

Image

Oct. 24, 2023 – Australia – 35 year old Ashleigh Vlahos was walking home with her baby in stroller when she collapsed near her driveway & died on Oct. 24, 2023 “was found near the front steps to her home by neighbors.”

Image

Oct. 22, 2023 – Kirkcaldy, Scotland – 39 year old Kelly Hutchison died suddenly on Oct. 22, 2023.

Image

Oct. 21, 2023 – 34 year old Colombian actress & model Alejandra Villafane Osorio died from a very rare cancer Oct. 21, 2023. She fought months against ovarian germ cell tumor (& breast tumors).

Image

Image

Oct. 19, 2023 – NJ – 38 year old Lauren Nicole Edwards died suddenly at work on Oct. 19, 2023. She was a Cardiovascular Invasive Specialist Technologist working at Albany Medical Center and Medical University of South Carolina.

Image

Oct. 17, 2023 – London, UK – 38 year old model and actress Tabby Brown has died suddenly and unexpectedly as announced Oct. 17, 2023. She died from a heart attack.

Image

Oct. 14, 2023 – DOCTOR DEAD – Oct.14, 2023 – USA – Durham, NC – 39 year old Dr. Angela Marie Sally, a family doctor died suddenly in her sleep on Saturday Oct. 14, 2023.

Image

Oct. 11, 2023 – Texas – 37 year old Diana Marie Winter died suddenly in her sleep on Oct. 11, 2023. She respected those who chose not to get the COVID-19 mRNA Vaccine.

Image

Oct. 11, 2023 – Scotland – 39 year old Paula Black, mother of 5 children, died from a stroke on Oct. 11, 2023 and her husband Jon-Jo Terry, also age 39, died of a heart attack in June 2023. 

Image

Oct. 8, 2023 – 31 year old Maude Jacques, women’s wheelchair basketball world champion died suddenly in Sherbrooke, Quebec on Oct. 8, 2023 from a “bacterial infection.”

ImageOct. 5, 2023 – Rolandia, Brazil – 36 year old Janaina Pereira dos Santos went out to the market to shop but became ill and suffered a stroke and died suddenly.

Image

Oct. 5, 2023 – Marysville, MI 34 year old Elizabeth Katherine Foley, a medical assistant, died unexpectedly on Oct. 5, 2023.

Click here to read the full article.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Introduction

In the dark season, the longing for light is very great, as darkness can have a strong effect on the human mind. Night and darkness are not things that bring people joy.

This metaphor of light from the Bible can also be applied to dark socio-political times: the longing for a bright future for society as a whole grows stronger from day to day.

It was an exchange of views with a good friend that made me realise this. At the same time, I remembered the encounters with my psychology teacher, who ended every private or public conversation on an optimistic note or brought it to an end himself. As I was not aware of the implications of this positive dialogue, I did not mention this explicitly in my new book (1).

Admonitions of the Human Sense of Community

For example, at the end of the article “Psychology of Violence. On the role of power in the life of the individual and the community”: 

“One can well suppress the admonitions of the human sense of community; one can never completely eradicate them, for the gift of evolution consists in the moral consciousness of the individual, in the realisation of the responsibility of all towards all. Our task for the future seems to be above all the cultivation and strengthening of community feelings. No means must be too small, no endeavour too arduous, in order to better integrate man into the social structure, to teach him that violence and power can only lead him to his doom.” (2)

A news item I read or saw recently fits in with this: Palestinian and Israeli citizens mourned together for the many deaths caused by the terrible Middle East war and prayed together for a speedy peace.

Humanity’s Will to Survive

While my friend said that only even greater suffering would make people stop and look for the light, I myself believe that we will to survive – the desire to survive as a human species – is a “gift” of evolution and that humanity will therefore slowly move towards the light again, towards an existence worth living.

Even if awake citizens can feel that a human life is worth nothing and that there is probably a secret political plan behind the current atrocities of war, they will not give up. The statesmen of the Western and Eastern world are moving very slowly and hesitantly to end the human nightmare “without ifs and buts”.

Since humanity has so far succeeded in freeing itself from the Dark Ages and very slowly growing into today’s age of reason (???), it will also succeed in one day putting the current socio-political darkness behind it and striving for human light.

My psychology teacher put it this way in his article “Man in the Light of Modern Psychology”:

“With the dawn of the modern age, man reflected on himself and set about recognising and shaping his position in the world as a whole with new courage.” (3)

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr Rudolf Lothar Hänsel is a school rector, educationalist and qualified psychologist. After his university studies, he became an academic teacher in adult education. As a pensioner, he worked as a psychotherapist in his own practice. In his books and specialist articles, he calls for a conscious ethical and moral education of values as well as an education for public spirit and peace. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Notes

(1) Hänsel, Rudolf (2023). Making the results of psychological research your own! Insights from the encounter with the psychologist Friedrich Liebling and his liberal psychotherapy. Grafoprint d.o.o. Gornji Milanovac, Serbia

(2) Polybios (1954). Psychology of violence. On the role of power in the life of the individual and the community. Volume 2. No. 7, p. 203

(3) Hänsel, Rudolf (2023). Making the results of psychological research your own! Insights from an encounter with the psychologist Friedrich Liebling and his liberal psychotherapy. Grafoprint d.o.o. Gornji Milanovac, Serbia, p. 17

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Over half of COVID-19 vaccine recipients in a recent study were found to be suffering from some form of health complications one year after taking the shots.

The study, published at ScienceDirect on Nov. 10, examined potential post-COVID-19 vaccination syndrome (PCVS) among vaccinated individuals and assessed their quality of life (QoL). The study was conducted among adults aged 18 and above from India who had received either Bharat Biotech’s COVAXIN or the AstraZeneca COVID-19 vaccines.

Among vaccine recipients, 52.8 percent of individuals were found to have at least 1 PCVS a month after primary vaccination. At 12 months, 64.6 percent reported at least 1 PCVS. Though the quality of life rose at six months following vaccination, it subsequently fell at 12 months.

The overall prevalence of PCVS among individuals vaccinated with AstraZeneca was 65.59 percent compared to COVAXIN’s 59.4 percent.

Among individuals who took booster shots, over eight out of ten reported at least one PCVS, which is far higher than the five in ten people from the unvaccinated group who reported a similar syndrome.

The prevalence of PCVS “was similar to long-term COVID; it declined over time and increased following booster immunization. Contrary to PCVS prevalence, QoL rises with time and falls after booster doses,” the study concluded.

“There was a statistically significant difference in the prevalence of PCVS and QoL between booster dose recipients and no booster dose recipients.” The study was conducted between September 2021 and May 2023.

The authors of the study pointed out that research on the effects of immunization and its effects on people with long-term COVID have caused “debate as they gave rise to varying outcomes.”

“Some evidence indicates a change in, an improvement in, a continuation of, or even a worsening of long-term COVID symptoms following vaccination. The ratio of change in antibody titers was noticeably larger in the group of people whose illnesses became worse.” Antibody titer is a lab test that measures the level of antibodies in a blood sample.

The study was funded by the Indian Council of Medical Research. The two authors of the study, Yogendra Shrestha and Rajesh Venkataraman, are from the Department of Pharmacy Practice, Sri Adichunchanagiri College of Pharmacy, India.

They reported “no financial or interpersonal conflicts” that may have affected the study results. The Epoch Times reached out to the authors for comment.

Post-Vaccine Health Issues

More new studies are giving further evidence linking COVID-19 shots with health complications.

A March 2023 review published in the National Library of Medicine analyzed 81 articles that confirmed cardiovascular complications in 17,636 individuals who had taken an mRNA shot. The articles also reported 284 deaths.

Out of the 17,636 individuals, 17,192 of them had taken Pfizer’s COVID-19 shot, while the remaining 444 received Moderna jabs.

“Thrombosis was frequently reported with any mRNA vaccine, followed by stroke, myocarditis, myocardial infarction, pulmonary embolism, and arrhythmia,” it said.

Thrombosis was found to be common among those who had taken the Pfizer vaccine. Stroke was common among Moderna vaccine recipients. While Pfizer reported 228 deaths, the Moderna group saw 56 deaths.

“The time between the vaccination dosage and the first symptom onset averaged 5.6 and 4.8 days with the mRNA-1273 (Moderna) vaccine and BNT162b2 (Pfizer).”

In a Nov. 11 Substack post, cardiologist Peter A. McCullough claimed that the study pointed to “a cardiovascular safety disaster.” He said that 50 or more deaths with a widely used, novel product usually “prompts a worldwide recall.”

“To have 284 well-described deaths as a result of cardiovascular and or thrombotic complications is a striking finding in the medical literature for products that are still on the market and promoted by public health agencies all over the world.”

A preprint study published this month at medRxiv found that the most common chronic symptoms among people who received a COVID-19 vaccine were excessive fatigue, brain fog, numbness, neuropathy, and exercise intolerance.

At least half the participants also reported dizziness, burning sensations, tinnitus, headache, insomnia, palpitations, and myalgia (muscle pain and aches). Study participants reported a median of 22 symptoms.

The study was funded by the U.S. National Institutes of Health (NIH) and the Howard Hughes Medical Institute Collaborative COVID-19 Initiative.

Genotoxicity Risks

Concerns about the ill effects of COVID-19 vaccines have reached Congress. In a Nov. 13 hearing in Washington convened by Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene (R-Ga.), Dr. Robert Malone testified that DNA fragments have been detected in the Pfizer vaccine.

Dr. Malone helped invent the mRNA technology used in the mRNA COVID-19 vaccines like the one from Pfizer. He revealed that the vaccine contains a DNA sequence called SV40 and that this information was not disclosed to at least a few regulators.

The presence of SV40 in the vaccine is a “proven genotoxicity risk,” he warned. Genotoxicity refers to the ability of harmful substances to damage the genetic information in cells.

He suggested that the unusual cancers that have been popping off since the rollout of the vaccines could be due to the presence of these DNA fragments.

“And by the way, these DNA fragments may also be shown to contribute to genetic anomalies in fetus[es], which is one of the most prominent causes of premature abortion,” he said.

Meanwhile, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recommends the 2023-2024 updated COVID-19 vaccines from Pfizer, Moderna, and Novavax to children as young as six months old, insisting that these are necessary to “protect against serious illness from COVID-19.”

Even with vaccination, there is no guarantee that a person would avoid infection. U.S. government files recently obtained by The Epoch Times showed that more than 5 million COVID-19 infections in 2021 actually occurred among vaccinated individuals.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Naveen Athrappully is a news reporter covering business and world events at The Epoch Times.

Featured image is from COVID Intel


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Is Kiev Regime’s Military Falling Apart?

November 20th, 2023 by Drago Bosnic

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Anyone following the conflict in Ukraine knows that the Kiev regime has been going through an unraveling of sorts since the very beginning of the special military operation (SMO). This is particularly true for its military which has been sending hundreds of thousands of forcibly conscripted Ukrainians to certain death (or life-altering injuries). The result has been that many soldiers simply lost any feeling of belonging to the state, with some even joining the Russian military to fight the Neo-Nazi junta. However, in recent weeks, the unraveling of the Kiev regime forces has accelerated exponentially, particularly as the United States, their main backer, is shifting its attention to the Middle East. Finally realizing it can’t defeat Moscow, Washington DC is looking for “more manageable” enemies elsewhere.

Many in Ukraine realize that they will soon be left to fend for themselves and are looking for ways to survive the best they can. This includes an ever-increasing number of high-ranking officers who are now being shunned by the Neo-Nazi junta as its frontman Volodymyr Zelensky is escalating his conflict with General Valery Zaluzhny. Their long-standing spat worsened after Zaluzhny’s aide was killed on November 6. A week later, local media reported that Zelensky pushed it further after his Defense Minister Rustem Umerov announced that he’s preparing requests to dismiss Medical Forces commander Tetiana Ostashchenko, commander of southern Tavria Group Oleksandr Tarnavskyi and Joint Forces commander Serhii Naiev. Additional details for their possible dismissal are yet to be announced by the Defense Ministry.

Zelensky’s attempts to hold his grip on power aren’t only limited to the military, but extend to all aspects of the Kiev regime.

On November 17, he fired Oleksandr Tarasovsky, the deputy head of Foreign Intelligence Service (SZRU), after the latter complained about being spied on by his colleagues. All this is contributing to the general atmosphere of distrust and escalating factionalism. In turn, this is affecting cohesion elsewhere, particularly in the military, whose high-ranking officers are increasingly alienated by Zelensky and his entourage. On the night of November 18, this even resulted in one high-ranking pilot defecting to Russia. According to various military sources, the defection was organized by Russian intelligence services. More details are yet to be revealed, but it seems that the Ukrainian pilot is a senior officer.

Local sources are even claiming that he’s a wing commander who remained loyal to the Russian side since the very beginning of the SMO and even kept providing vital information to Moscow. The intelligence operation was revealed by Kirill Fedorov, a prominent Russian military blogger, and a Ka-52 “Alligator” pilot known only by his call sign “Voevoda”. Apparently, “Voevoda” actively took part in organizing the defection. Although the information is yet to be publicly released, the Ukrainian pilot reportedly flew to Russia in his Soviet-era Su-27 fighter jet. Moscow’s intelligence services are working with the pilot and reports indicate that he might disclose information about the location of several key airfields currently used by the Neo-Nazi junta forces, as well as their capacities and facilities, logistics, protective and other equipment, etc.

The acquired intelligence will help the Russian military to better understand the command structure of various branches within the Kiev regime forces, including the equipment they use, but perhaps most importantly, who exactly is giving the orders.

The development comes amid the disastrous end of the much-touted counteroffensive against the Russian military. Expectedly, the operation was a debacle and has resulted in tens of thousands of KIA/WIA/MIA (killed/wounded/missing in action), as well as mass surrender on several occasions. As previously mentioned, a significant number of Ukrainian POWs (prisoners of war) even joined the Russian military in order to get rid of NATO puppets in Kiev, despite having the much easier (and also far safer) option of officially remaining POWs for the remainder of the SMO.

At the same time, the political West keeps diverting its attention and resources to the Middle East. This includes the sending of mercenaries fighting for the Neo-Nazi junta to other hotspots. Combat aviation is particularly affected, as it’s rapidly losing pilots and aircraft, both of which are not only increasingly scarce, but also effectively impossible to replace.

In the meantime, the Kiev regime continues to use forcibly conscripted Ukrainians as cannon fodder, giving them little more than combat drugs to numb their senses. Almost nobody in Ukraine is spared from this genocidal treatment, including people with severe physical and mental disabilities. Astonishingly, not even pregnant women are given a waiver. Coupled with the escalating child trafficking, these actions are only contributing to Ukraine’s unrelenting demographic collapse.

As many Ukrainian soldiers are increasingly aware that the Neo-Nazi junta is their true enemy, their morale and willingness to fight are plummeting, further exacerbating the Kiev regime’s already precarious situation on the battlefield. The number of loyalist troops is decreasing rapidly due to attrition warfare that is simply impossible to win against the Russian military that dominates in nearly all key aspects, be it artillery, long-range strike capabilities, airpower, drones, electronic warfare, etc.

It’s extremely unlikely that the Neo-Nazi junta will be able to sustain its operational capabilities in such a situation, while its ability to negotiate was lost the moment it torpedoed the already signed peace deal back in March last year. For its part, Moscow can easily continue the SMO and even comfortably increase pressure on several fronts at once.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Nov. 16, 2023 – PILOT DIED – 37 year old Pilot from Air India died after suffering cardiac arrest at the airline’s Gurugram Office

A 37-year-old Air India pilot died in hospital after suffering a cardiac arrest at Delhi’s Indira Gandhi International Airport on Thursday, the Times of India has reported.

Captain Himanil Kumar was at Indira Gandhi International Airport’s Terminal 3 on Thursday, November 16, when he collapsed after suffering a cardiac arrest. He received cardiopulmonary resuscitation and was rushed to a nearby private hospital, but unfortunately, could not be saved.

Kumar had rejoined work after his Diwali break. He was not scheduled to operate a flight, but was instead at the airport for his training to transition to flying another type of aircraft.

Captain Himanil Kumar underwent his medical on August 23, 2023, and was declared fit, with his medical validity until August 30, 2024,” a senior DGCA official was quoted as saying by Times of India.

This is the third Indian pilot death in three months.

Aug.17, 2023 – IndiGo Flight (NAG-PNQ) Nagpur to Pune, India, 40 year old Pilot Manoj Subramanium died after collapsing at the boarding gate, about to board.

Aug.16, 2023 – Qatar Airways Flight QR579 (DEL-DOH) Delhi to Doha, Qatar, 51 year old pilot collapsed as a passenger inflight and died, plane diverted to Dubai.

Other Pilot Incapacitations and Deaths 

Oct. 18, 2023 – Austria – 43 year old Christian Zimmerebner, AUA Austrian Airlines Pilot and member of Dorfgastein mountain rescue, died suddenly on Oct. 18, 2023. “Serious illness”

Image 

Oct. 30, 2023 – Jet2 Flight LS-1711 (MAN-DLM) Manchester (UK) to Dalaman (Turkey) – First officer became incapacitated, pilot diverted aircraft to Budapest, landed safely

Sep. 24, 2023 – Austrian Airlines Flight OS-188 (STR-VIE) Stuttgart to Vienna The captain became incapacitated, first officer took control of aircraft

Sep. 23, 2023 – Alaska Airlines Pilot – 37 year old Captain Eric McRae died suddenly in his hotel room during layover, was to fly that morning

Sep. 22, 2023 – Delta Flight DL-291 (CDG-LAX) Paris to Los Angeles – Pilot became incapacitated, was taken to cabin for care, plane diverted to Minneapolis, pilot taken to hospital

Aug. 27, 2023 – Air Canada Flight AC348 (YVR-YOW) Vancouver to Ottawa, one of the pilots felt ill and became incapacitated 50 min before landing in Ottawa.

Aug. 17, 2023 – IndiGo Flight (NAG-PNQ) Nagpur to Pune, India, 40 year old Pilot Manoj Subramanium died after collapsing at the boarding gate, about to board.

Aug. 16, 2023 – Qatar Airways Flight QR579 (DEL-DOH) Delhi to Doha, Qatar, 51 year old pilot collapsed as a passenger inflight and died, plane diverted to Dubai.

Aug. 14, 2023 – LATAM Flight LA505 (MIA-SCL) Miami to Santiago, Chile – 2 hours into 8hr flight, 56 year old Captain Ivan Andaur collapsed and died in the lavatory – plane diverted to Panama City!

Aug. 9, 2023 – United Airlines UAL1309 (SRQ-EWR) Sarasota to Newark, pilot had a heart attack and lost consciousness in flight

Aug. 7, 2023 – TigerAIR Flight IT237 (CTS-TPE) Sapporo to Taipei, copilot had a medical emergency after landing plane in Taipei

July 19, 2023 – Eurowings Discover Flight 4Y-1205 (HER-FRA) Heraklion to Frankfurt, pilot incapacitated, first officer took control, landed safely

July 16, 2023 – Small plane – 2006 Piper Meridian, flying from Westchester NY, crashed at Martha’s Vineyard Airport after pilot had medical emergency upon final approach and passenger took control of the plane and attempted a landing. Pilot, 79 year old Randolph Bonnist, died later in hospital.

June 7, 2023 – Air Canada Flight ACA692 (YYZ-YYT) Toronto to St.John’s, First Officer became incapacitated, deadheading Captain assumed duties

June 4, 2023 – Small plane – Cessna Citation N611VG flying Tennessee to Long Island, fighter jets spotted pilot slumped over in cockpit unconscious, plane crashed and all onboard died

May 11, 2023 – HiSKy Flight H4474 (DUB-KIV) Dublin to Chisinau (Moldova), 20 min after liftoff pilot became “unable to act”, plane diverted to Manchester

May 4, 2023 – British Charter TUI Airways Flight BY-1424 (NCL-LPA) Newcastle to Las Palmas Spain pilot became ill, plane diverted back to NCL.

May 3, 2023 – Air Transat and Air Canada Pilot Eddy Vorperian, age 48, died suddenly during layover in Croatia

April 21, 2023 – Easyjet Flight U2-6469 (LGW-AGA) London Gatwick to Agadir, Morocco, first offer became incapacitated, diverted to Faro, Portugal.

April 4, 2023 – United Airlines Flight 2102 (BOI-SFO) – captain was incapacitated, first officer was only one in control of the aircraft.

March 25, 2023 – TAROM Flight RO-7673 TSR-HRG diverted to Bucharest as 30 yo pilot had chest pain, then collapsed

March 22, 2023 – Southwest Flight WN6013 LAS-CMH diverted as pilot collapsed shortly after take-off, replaced by non-Southwest pilot

March 18, 2023 – Air Transat Flight TS739 FDF-YUL first officer was incapacitated about 200NM south of Montreal

March 13, 2023 – Emirates Flight EK205 MXP-JFK diverted due to pilot illness hour and a half after take-off

March 11, 2023 – United Airlines Flight UA2007 GUA-ORD diverted due to “incapacitated pilot” who had chest pains

March 11, 2023 – British Airways (CAI-LHR) pilot died of heart attack in crew hotel in Cairo before a Cairo to London flight (name & age not released)

March 3, 2023 – Virgin Australia Flight VA-717 ADL-PER Adelaide to Perth flight was forced to make an emergency landing after First Officer suffered heart attack 30 min after departure.

Military Pilot Incapacitations

Aug. 18, 2023 – US Army Aviation Center (Alabama) student pilot went into cardiac arrest behind the controls midflight (Aug.18, 2023), Instructor landed plane – pilot was dead for 18 minutes!

Recent Pilot Deaths (Not on Duty)

Pilot death – May 2023 – 4 Singapore Airlines pilots died suddenly in May 2023

Pilot death – May 9, 2023 – United Airlines and US Air Force Pilot Lt. Col. Michael Fugett, age 46, died unexpectedly at his home

Pilot death – April 13, 2023 – Phil Thomas, graduate of Flight Training Pilot academy in Cadiz, Spain (FTEJerez) died suddenly.

Pilot death – March 17, 2023 – 39 year old Westjet Pilot Benjamin Paul Vige died suddenly in Calgary

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

 

The rich have been getting richer and the poor have been getting poorer, and this is causing all sorts of societal problems.  Thanks to social media, the poor can see the incredible affluence that the wealthy are enjoying, and they are deeply envious. 

Of course it certainly doesn’t help that flaunting wealth has become one of the favorite pastimes of the wealthy. 

Many of them love to post photos and videos of their luxury lifestyles on their social media accounts, and that is not a good thing.  Because times have not been good for most of the country.  In fact, a brand new study from the Federal Reserve has discovered that the bottom 80 percent have “lower bank deposits and other liquid assets compared to their status in March 2020”

As of June, the bottom 80% of households by income, when adjusted for inflation, had lower bank deposits and other liquid assets compared to their status in March 2020. The decline marks a significant shift from the initial phases of the pandemic, where various factors, including government financial support and restricted spending opportunities during lockdowns, led to an accumulation of excess savings.

In other words, the vast majority of all Americans have been getting poorer.

Meanwhile, the rich have just kept on getting even richer

The Federal Reserve, along with Bloomberg calculations, identified a rapid drawdown of these excess savings, particularly stark among the lower-income groups. While all income groups have experienced a decrease in real-term cash balances from the peak in 2021, the disparity is noteworthy. The wealthiest one-fifth of households still have cash savings approximately 8% above their pre-COVID levels. In stark contrast, the poorest two-fifths have witnessed an 8% decrease, and the next 40% — broadly representing the middle class — have seen their cash savings fall below pre-pandemic levels.

Right now, the gap between the wealthy and the rest of us is the greatest that it has ever been in the entire history of our nation.

According to a different report that was just put out by the Labor Department, average hourly earnings are lower today than they were when Joe Biden first entered the White House

Millions of Americans have received a pay cut over the past two years thanks to high inflation, a blow to President Biden as he attempts to center his re-election campaign around “Bidenomics.”

The Labor Department reported Tuesday that average hourly earnings for all employees was $11.05 in October — a 3.32% decline from the $11.43 figure in January 2021, when Biden took office.

And as the pace of layoffs picks up, soon millions of Americans won’t have a job to go to at all.

This week, we learned that Citigroup has begun large scale layoffs

One of the U.S.’ top banks will begin massive layoffs on Wednesday in a corporate overhaul as the company seeks to trim its operating expenses to levels more in line with its competitors, according to CNBC.

Citigroup will begin cutting employees on Wednesday, with new terminations continuing to be announced through next week, affecting some chiefs of staff, managing directors and lower-level employees, according to CNBC. Following the initial round of layoffs, more employees in less senior positions are expected to be dismissed in February, with the layoffs being expected to be fully completed by March 2024.

And Stellantis has just announced that it has offered buyouts to approximately half of their salaried employees…

Stellantis, one of the Big Three U.S. automakers, on Monday offered buyouts to about half of its salaried employees as it looks to cut costs as it transitions to electric vehicles (EVs) and takes on increased costs from a new union contract.

The parent company of major car brands like Chrysler, Dodge, Jeep and Ram offered voluntary buyouts to about 6,400 of its roughly 12,700 salaried employees who aren’t represented by a union and have at least five years of experience. Employees who accept the incentive will depart the company before the end of December.

As economic conditions have deteriorated, crime has soared.

In recent days I have written about the shocking thefts that we are witnessing all over the nation, but this one tops them all

This is the shocking moment a mob of 40 people looted a FedEx truck while it was stopped at a red light in Memphis, Tennessee.

Around 8:30pm Saturday, a 53-foot trailer was ransacked while it sat in traffic at the intersection of Riverport Road and West Mallory Avenue.

After the driver reported the theft, the Memphis police arrived and saw vehicles speeding away recklessly along with a number of boxes thrown across the road.

The FedEx truck had nowhere to go, because once it reached the intersection there were cars that suddenly moved into position to block it

The truck driver told the police that cars blocked the intersection just before a group of men broke open the sealed back door and looted the trailer.

Three men have since been detained after the raging group caused nearly $10,000 in damages – and stole numerous items such as Kicker Speakers, a box of air liners and three DirectTV cable boxes.

In my brand new book entitled “Chaos”, I specifically warn people to avoid Memphis if at all possible.

It has become one of the most dangerous cities in the entire country.

But of course we are starting to see these sorts of crimes everywhere.

Large groups of people have decided that it is okay to take from the rich and the corporations that they control and give to the poor (themselves) because the rich probably exploited the poor to get their wealth in the first place.

This sort of “Robin Hood mentality” is extremely dangerous, and it is rapidly spreading.

And now we have an election season and a war in the Middle East to add fuel to the fire.  On Thursday, a crazed group of protesters shut down the entire Bay Bridge

A well-coordinated group of hundreds of Pro-Palestine protesters shut down the Bay Bridge on Thursday morning, tying up traffic during rush hour and calling out to world leaders to end the war in Gaza during the APEC summit.

The four-hour chaotic event, which started around 7:45 a.m., ended with at least 70 arrests and 29 towed cars. All lanes finally reopened just before noon, but not after at least 200 protesters had chained themselves together and purposefully tossed their car keys into the bay, stalling efforts to reopen the span to frustrated drivers.

Needless to say, this is just the beginning.

The war in the Middle East is going to continue to escalate, and 2024 will be the most chaotic election year that any of us have ever seen by far.

So buckle up and hold on tight, because we are going to see staggering levels of civil unrest and crime in 2024 and beyond.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Michael Snyder has published thousands of articles on The Economic Collapse BlogEnd Of The American Dream and The Most Important News which are republished on dozens of other prominent websites all over the globe. 

Michael’s new book entitled “End Times” is now available in paperback and for the Kindle on Amazon.com, and you can check out his new Substack newsletter right here.

Featured image is from TECB

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

House Speaker Mike Johnson has released over 40,000 hours of January 6 footage including capitol police body cam footage to the public in the interests of transparency, an action which should have been taken years ago. Each new piece of footage only confirms what many Americans already understood – That the few scant minutes of available video recycled by the media paint a false picture of what really happened.  Many would argue that J6 was nothing more than a protest that was turned into a riot by police incitement and establishment spin. 

Even worse, there are many people now languishing in prison because of that spin.

The latest footage shows capitol police inviting protesters into the building as they peacefully assembled in the corridors (the same people who would later be prosecuted and labeled “insurrectionists”). 

However, what about what happened before the “riots” started? 

Did they happen spontaneously, or were they incited? 

New video clips seem to show capitol police firing rubber bullets, tear gas grenades and stun grenades into crowds of peaceful protesters on J6 before anyone tried to enter the capitol building, possibly triggering the violence that would follow (and creating the footage that was played ad nauseum on major news networks as proof of insurrection).

Keep in mind that if such tactics had been used to incite BLM or pro-Palestinian riots there would undoubtedly be 24/7 news coverage of it.

These revelations further confirm why J6 footage was withheld from the country for so long.

It’s easy to control the narrative when you have all the evidence under lock and key.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from Future of Freedom Foundation

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Countries such as Estonia, Lithuania, France, Spain, and others purchased Russian liquefied natural gas despite intentions to abandon the purchase of this fuel. This once again demonstrates Europe’s energy course cannot be independent of Russia, rendering the sanctions more ridiculous, especially since Moscow has overcome them.

According to The Telegraph, European Union member states purchased Russian LNG worth €6.1 billion in the first nine months of 2023 despite intentions to abandon the purchase of Russian fuel, according to Eurostat data.

In the list of countries that purchased Russian gas in 2023, Spain and France came in second and third place, respectively, after China. Spain purchased €1.8 billion of Russian gas between January and September, France purchased €1.5 billion of Russian LNG, and Belgium with €1.36 billion, the newspaper published on November 18.

The Telegraph reported that even Kiev’s “most ardent backers in Europe, including Estonia and Lithuania,” also continued to purchase Russian LNG.

Deliveries of Russian LNG, along with warm weather and high levels of gas pumped into the EU’s underground storage facilities throughout 2022, have resulted in a record 99.63% capacity of the bloc’s gas storage facilities at the start of the heating season, according to the British outlet.

Since the start of Russia’s special military operation in Ukraine in February 2022, the EU has been looking for ways to limit its dependence on Russian fuel. As part of these efforts, the bloc has increased energy cooperation with several countries, including the US, Algeria, and Nigeria, with a particular focus on LNG imports.

Despite diversification efforts, it is recalled that Spanish energy minister Teresa Ribera said in September that there were no plans to ban Russian LNG.

“There is this feeling of scarcity and fear,” she said at the time, referring to concerns of an energy shortage.

At the same time, the European Commission, which produces sanctions packages on behalf of the bloc, said:

“It’s up to member states to decide unanimously on EU sanctions.”

Although the EU, US, and their allies have imposed sanctions on Russia, Kremlin spokesman Dmitry Peskov said on November 19 that the myriad of restrictions have failed to bring down the Russian economy.

“Westerners are in trouble because they realise that the sanctions don’t hit us as they should,” Peskov told a Russian broadcaster. “Furthermore, as always, the Russians managed to find ways to benefit from them.”

Peskov stressed, however, that Moscow will remain vigilant and closely monitor all restrictions imposed by the West because “there are no extremes they don’t want to go to.”

His statement comes as Western officials and experts homogenously begin to acknowledge that the negative impact of sanctions on Russia has not been as significant as expected. As Bloomberg begrudgingly reported on November 17,

“The west’s sanctions on Russian oil exports are failing to deprive the Kremlin of revenue to fund its war in Ukraine, meaning the measures are not succeeding in one of their principal objectives.”

Nonetheless, the EU is still working on a 12th round of sanctions, even though the bloc has stopped buying Russian oil, coal, steel, and wood to their own industrial detriment. US radio group RFE/RL described the upcoming package as the “weakest EU sanctions package to date on Russia.”

The sanctions regime still leaves a big gap, almost 34 types of so-called critical and strategic raw materials indispensable in producing electronics, solar panels, electric vehicles, aircraft, and defence products. The EU continues to purchase large quantities of titanium, palladium, nickel, copper, platinum, rhodium, and aluminium from Russia. Thus, from March 2022 to July 2023, the EU imported these resources worth €13.7 billion, with the profits from its sale going directly to the Russian budget and used to finance the special military operation in Ukraine, exposing once again the ridiculousness of imposing the sanctions regime.

In fact, the situation is so ridiculous that it was exposed on November 14 that Russian hydrocarbons are being used to fuel the US Navy via the Motor Oil Hellas refinery, located in Greece, which is a top 10 supplier to the Pentagon. Effectively, an EU country is not adhering to the bloc’s sanctions, which were only imposed because of instructions from the US, which has its navy fuelled by Russian energy. This epitomises the ridiculousness of the sanction regime imposed since the beginning of Russia’s special military operation.

Russia’s economy ministry expects GDP to expand 2.8% this year, growing from a 2.1% decline in 2022 and smashing the prediction by Reuters in late September of a 2.3% increase and the IMF’s forecast of 1.5% growth. Moscow forecasts 2.3% growth in 2024, once again demonstrating that sanctions are not hurting the Russian economy as hoped. Coupled with European countries still buying billions of dollars of LNG and other resources, the EU is demonstrably only hurting its own economy and interests by limiting exchanges with Russia.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

A World Without a Moral Conscience

November 20th, 2023 by Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Today is the 44th day of Israel’s slaughter of Palestinians and destruction of Infrastructure necessary for life.

For 44 days the Great Moralists in Washington, London, Berlin, Paris and the rest of the Western World have cheered on, and sent weapons for, the Israeli Genocide of Palestine. The slaughter now extends from Gaza to the remnants of the West Bank.  

In the US even some Evangelical Christian churches approve of the slaughter and the erasure of Palestine. The citizens who protest the slaughter and erasure are arrested and blacklisted from jobs. For someone, such as myself, who once lived in a country where a moral conscience was respected, to experience the indifference of governments, churches, and media to 44 days of genocide is disheartening.

Clearly the Western World is “in the grip of Satan”. There is no longer right and wrong and justice, only official narratives. If you disagree with the official narratives you are suspect.

The Western World has come to its end.  

It has no leaders.

It has no ears to hear the few voices that still exist.

Satan’s hold extends to the Muslim world, which talks but does not act. Words cannot defend Palestine. It is pointless to disapprove of something and to do nothing about it.

Russia and China whose own existence is threatened by US/Israeli hegemony over the Middle East also offer nothing but words, words that don’t count because both are demonized and have no inclination to carry the fight to their enemy. Russia and China invite conflict by their adeptness in avoiding it.

How can murder remain on the books as a capital crime when mass murder is ignored? 

We experience so many instances of mass murder. Mass murder is not limited to Israel’s genocide of Palestinians and Big Pharma, Western governments and “medical authorities” murder of millions with a mandated “Covid vaccine.” Mass murder is happening all the time. We accept it as no worse than a rainy day.

The moral conscience of the West has wilted away.  

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

First published on July 21, 2016.

On November 22, 2023 we will be commemorating the 60th anniversary of the Assassination of President John F. Kennedy.

His Legacy and Commitment to World Peace will Live Forever.  

This important article by Dr. Paul Craig Roberts provides us with an understanding of the diabolical nature of  “False Flag” Attacks, which had been envisaged in 1962 by the US Joint Chiefs of Staff as a means to justify the invasion of Cuba. 

Dr. Roberts’ analysis sheds light on the False Flag Attack against the People of Palestine. The premises are very similar to those of Operation Northwoods. 

Operation Northwoods was prepared by the Joint Chiefs of Staff with the support of US intelligence. The logic of this false flag plan was

to kill innocent people and commit acts of terrorism in U.S. cities to create public support for a war against Cuba”. 

“Casualty Lists Would Cause a Helpful Wave of Indignation”.

President John F. Kennedy

“rejected the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Lemnitzer’s “Operation Northwoods,” a plan to carry out false flag terror attacks on Americans and blame Castro in order to create support for a US invasion of Cuba”.

That happened a year before his assassination in November 1963.

 

Michel Chossudovsky, November 20, 2023

***

Researchers who have investigated the assassination of President John F. Kennedy for 30 or more years have concluded that he was murdered by a conspiracy of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, the CIA, and the Secret Service.

See for example, JFK And The Unspeakable by James W. Douglass.

Shortly before he was murdered, President John F. Kennedy gave an extraordinary speech at American University.

In the speech he came out against continuation of the Cold War that risked all life on earth for the benefit of the profits of the military-security complex and the budgets and power of the Pentagon and CIA.

President Kennedy was already marked for assassination.

He rejected the Joint Chiefs’ belligerence toward the Soviet Union and their belief that nuclear war could be won.

He rejected the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Lemnitzer’s “Operation Northwoods,” a plan to carry out false flag terror attacks on Americans and blame Castro in order to create support for a US invasion of Cuba.

 

 

He rejected US Air Force support for the CIA’s Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba.

PX 96-33:12 03 June 1961 President Kennedy meets with Chairman Khrushchev at the U. S. Embassy residence, Vienna.

He worked outside of channels with Khrushchev to defuse the Cuban Missile Crisis.

The paranoid anti-communists who controlled US military and security forces concluded that President Kennedy did not serve their career interests and was soft on communism and thereby unable to stand up to the Soviet Union.

They viewed Kennedy as a threat to US national security that needed to be removed.

A new peace movement, NoWar2016 has utilized part of President Kennedy’s speech to build interest in its September 23-25 conference at American University.

David Swanson points out the difference between President Kennedy’s approach to the Soviet Union and Washington’s approach to Russia today.

There was hope in Kennedy’s approach. There is no hope in the approach today.

Listen to Kennedy’s speech and despair that such brilliant and fearless leadership was snuffed out by the military-security complex.

 

Like almost all Americans at the time, Senator John F. Kennedy regarded the Soviet Union as a threatening adversary.

He campaigned for the presidency on “the missile gap,” the presumption of which was that the Soviets were gaining military supremacy over the US.

But once in the Oval Office, Kennedy witnessed the extreme risks that US military leadership was willing to impose on American lives in behalf of a war than no one needed.

He realized that the US military-security complex was as great a threat to life as the Soviets. He understood that tensions between the two nuclear powers had to be defused, not increased.

Once reelected, he intended to cease the US intervention in Vietnam and to discipline the CIA. Kennedy’s approach was not acceptable to the military-security complex, and he was eliminated.

Dr. Paul Craig Roberts was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy and associate editor of the Wall Street Journal. He was columnist for Business Week, Scripps Howard News Service, and Creators Syndicate. He has had many university appointments. His internet columns have attracted a worldwide following.

Roberts’ latest books are The Failure of Laissez Faire Capitalism and Economic Dissolution of the WestHow America Was Lost, and The Neoconservative Threat to World Order.

  • Posted in English, NO READ MORE LINK
  • Comments Off on John F. Kennedy “Turned to Peace”, Refused the Conduct of a “False Flag” and Was Assassinated

JFK 60 Years After His Death: The CIA, the Case Against LBJ and Beyond

By Michael Welch and Jeremy Kuzmarov, November 18, 2023

The 60th anniversary of the death of Kennedy is approaching in a few days. There is a major conference taking place in Dallas put on by The JFK Historical Group in collaboration with JFK Conferences, LLC, and Project JFK. They are looking to re-examine the evidence and decades of research “with fresh eyes and New Technology.”

The WEF “Cyber Attack” Scenario: Another Crisis “Much Worse Than COVID”, Paralysis of Power Supply, Communications, Transportation

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, November 20, 2023

The World Economic Forum (WEF) which represents the Western financial elites, played a key role in the launching of the March 11, 2020 corona lockdown, which was conducive to a Worldwide process of economic and social chaos. It also played a key role in the launching of the Covid-19 vaccine. in November 2020. And now they are “promising” us a crisis which is “Much Worse than Covid”. 

Zionist Israel Is an Apartheid State: Gaza Is a Modern-day “Extermination Camp”

By Konrad Rękas, November 19, 2023

The truth is that today we are chanting “in our thousands, in our millions we are all Palestinians”, but in fact we are not there. We do not live in a Gaza that is being murdered, bombed and wiped out. The foreign, occupying state does not cut off the light and water in our homes, we do not need a passport to go to work, and on the way to our workplaces, no one will search us, spit on us, insult us, beat us, arrest us or shoot us.

Kiev Regime Sending Women to the Trenches. Forcibly Conscripting Pregnant Women

By Drago Bosnic, November 19, 2023

Women can surely play a part in the defense of their own country, but ideally, this shouldn’t be encouraged. Warfare has always been quite an ugly business, even for the toughest of men, as evidenced by the number of veterans with PTSD.

A Duty to Obey: Australia Trial of David McBride, Whistleblowing and Following Orders

By Dr. Binoy Kampmark, November 19, 2023

The unpardonable, outrageous trial of Australian whistleblower David McBride was a brief affair. On November 13, it did not take long for the brutal power of the Commonwealth to become evident. McBride, having disclosed material that formed the Australian public about alleged war crimes by special forces in Afghanistan, was going to be made an example of.

US Economy – Heading for the Abyss

By Karsten Riise, November 19, 2023

The US government’s debt stands at nearly $34 trillion. Even worse, the deficits of the US governments are only getting bigger and bigger. As the debt and rate of interest go up, so go the total debt payment. As Ukraine, Gaza, and Taiwan heat up, so both parties agree on ever bigger military spending.

Israel Captures Al Shifa Hospital for Their Gaza Military Post

By Steven Sahiounie, November 19, 2023

Israel has insisted that the Al Shifa Hospital in Gaza is sitting on top of a network of tunnels which are the Hamas headquarters in Gaza. The Israeli government have offered no credible proof, and only cite secret intelligence as their source.

The Regeneration of Politics in the West

By Germán Gorraiz López, November 19, 2023

The Greek philosopher Aristotle in his treatise “Politics”, defined man as ‘political animal’ (zoom politikon) to indicate that ‘man is a social and rational being who lives in societies organized politically and in whose public affairs he participates to a greater or lesser extent, with the aim of achieving the common good pursued by politics: the happiness of citizens”.

Summer of “Clotting Suddenly”: Strokes in Young People. UK Disability Data Shows Strokes in Ages 16-19 Are Up +563% in 2022 and Rising!

By Dr. William Makis, November 19, 2023

41 year old Louisiana Music star Damon Troy suffered a stroke on the night of Oct. 27, 2023 right after a live concert performance. “still suffering from weakness on entire right side of his body.”

The Two Wars of the West: America Targets Europe as Well as the Middle East. Manlio Dinucci

By Manlio Dinucci, November 19, 2023

On the European front, what the Wall Street Journal calls “one of the largest acts of sabotage in Europe since World War II” was carried out in September 2022: the United States, assisted by Norway and Poland, blew up the Nord Stream, the main gas pipeline carrying cheap Russian gas to Germany and from there to other European countries. 

Argentina, democracia o totalitarismo de mercado

November 19th, 2023 by Jorge Fonseca

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The truth is that today we are chanting “in our thousands, in our millions we are all Palestinians”, but in fact we are not there. We do not live in a Gaza that is being murdered, bombed and wiped out. The foreign, occupying state does not cut off the light and water in our homes, we do not need a passport to go to work, and on the way to our workplaces, no one will search us, spit on us, insult us, beat us, arrest us or shoot us.  

Zionism as a Variant of Nazism

Not yet, because in reality Nazism and fascism are not some pathologies of liberalism, some bad response to it. While the Zionism is only a variant of Nazism, the Nazi state is directly a defensive stage of capitalism, recalled when it moves closer to another inevitable crisis. This is a straight line, even if we don’t see it now: populism, limiting workers’ and trade union rights, stigmatising entire groups of citizens, e.g. migrants, chauvinism, jingoism, then authoritarianism, fascism and war, endless war, above all, against civilians, against the innocent, there are all just methods of maximising capitalist profits. The war in Palestine, a war that has been going on since 1948, is just an element of the escalatory strategy of global capitalism, which once again distracts attention from its own internal problems by multiplying fronts. In this sense, Israel is at the forefront of what is the worst and most destructive in the current global system. The struggle of the Palestinian people is therefore our common struggle, so even though we are not in Gaza, we all can and should feel Palestinians today!

British Responsibility

Zionist aggression is also a matter of special responsibility of British policy. Meeting almost on the anniversary of the infamous Balfour Declaration, we must make it clear that without the British influence there would be no permanent crisis in the Middle East, no Nakba, no wars and no Palestinian genocide. It was Lord Palmerston who announced an intention to create the new Zion in 1840, of course as a place and organisation helping to spread the interests of the British Empire and, of course, without asking the opinion of European Jews themselves whether they wanted to act as agents of British imperialism at all. 

At the end the Great War British administration, army and intelligence did not hesitate to betray their Arab allies who were crucial for the British victory over Turkey in the Middle East. The new colonial division of Palestine, Transjordan, Iraqi and Syria contributed significantly to the beginning of the Zionist colonisation of these areas, and Israel itself was created as an Anglo-Saxon sphere of influence, thanks to which it would become possible to divide and conquer again, to provoke and quarrel Jews and Arabs who had previously lived in peace for the centuries. It was the British Empire that sowed the seeds of hatred, the poisonous fruits of which continue to grow to this day.

Labour Under the Nazi Flags

Nevertheless the poison works both ways. As a result of the war in Palestine and Zionist aggression, British politics is also poisoned. Under the banner of ‘fighting against the Antisemitism’, freedom of speech and scholar debate are being restricted in the UK. The Labour Party has become not only a party of war, but also a party of militant Zionism, which leads it to continuing disintegration. Under Sir Keir Starmer’s leadership, Labour first replaced red banners with blue ones, then with blue and yellow Ukrainian ones (possibly with the Nazi Wolfsangel, which we have seen so many times in Whitehall), and now shamelessly raises Zionist blue star flags, the same ones under which Netanyahu’s butchers are murdering civilians in Gaza. The Labour Party’s support first for Ukrainian Nazism and now for Zionism is a disgrace and shame for all people with the progressive, internationalist sensibility. So, what if the discredited Tories finally give up power when the same murderous lovers come in their place?

Konzentrationslager Gaza

The influential American journalist, Ann Applebaum wrote a few years ago that it is in the Anglo-Saxon interest to create and support ‘even extreme, but after all fine nationalism in Ukraine’. We all know how this specific kind of ‘fine extreme pro-Western nationalism’ is called: NAZISM. Until recently, we also heard a lot that a ‘positive Zionism’ is also possible, one that would find a way to a peaceful agreement with the Palestinians. Today we should understand that there is no such option, and Israel is not only a criminal state, but also an increasingly authoritarian one.   

We have all surely seen films documenting the brutality of the Israeli police and army against Orthodox Jews protesting against the government’s policies. We often hear that ‘Israel is a bastion of democracy and Western tolerance in the Middle East’. Today it is no longer possible to hide the truth. Zionist Israel is an Apartheid, Nazi state and Gaza is a modern-day extermination camp. I am Polish, I was born and lived for many years in Lublin, the city where during the World War 2 was located Konzentrationslager Majdanek, the second largest German Nazi extermination camp, so I can recognise a Holocaust when I see it. And in Palestine I see the Holocaust of the Palestinians.

During the WW2 the UK could have bombed the railways to Auschwitz, Majdanek and other death camps, it could have done much more to stop and prevent the Shoah, which the Polish resistance reported to no avail. The UK (nor the USA) did nothing. And now it is much worse, the UK and NATO not only fail to prevent the Holocaust of the Palestinians but are also responsible for complicity in the genocide. It is a crime against humanity, but it is even more than that, it is a deadly mistake which leads the entire world another step closer to World War 3.

That is why we must say no to war, no to NATO and Anglo-Saxon imperialism, no to Nazism and no to Zionism. 

Palestine will be free for the world to survive!

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Konrad Rękas is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from Jewish Voice for Peace

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

For well over a year and a half, we have been listening and reading about all the mythical “victories” of the Kiev regime forces. If we were to believe the mainstream propaganda machine, Russia is about to collapse, its forces are in disarray, President Putin is in perpetual hiding in some bunker, etc. And yet, concurrently, that same mainstream propaganda machine is publishing texts about the massive increase in the number of forcibly conscripted women in the Neo-Nazi junta forces. This begs the obvious question, why? Why would the side that’s supposedly “winning” enforce conscription on anyone, let alone women? Men are far more suitable to be soldiers for evident biological reasons (unless you’re an ultra-liberal, “woke” extremist).

Women can surely play a part in the defense of their own country, but ideally, this shouldn’t be encouraged. Warfare has always been quite an ugly business, even for the toughest of men, as evidenced by the number of veterans with PTSD. In this regard, frontline units are particularly exposed to the horrors of war and female soldiers should certainly be kept as far as possible from direct combat zones. The dread that male POWs (prisoners of war) can go through is more than enough, while women in the same situation are at the risk of experiencing even worse horrors. This alone should disqualify female soldiers from serving in frontline units. Notwithstanding many famous women who served in wars during momentous times in history, this is something that should be an axiom.

However, it seems the Kiev regime didn’t get the memo. Worse yet, not only are they sending women to the trenches, but are now forcibly conscripting pregnant ones. Yes, you read that right – pregnant Ukrainian women are being sent to the frontline.

Anyone remotely sane would call that a war crime. Those who are sending them can only be described as enemies of their own people.

Pregnant women are by far the most precious humans one could possibly imagine and treating them with anything less than absolute care is simply criminal.

Taking into account the unrelenting demographic collapse of Ukraine, women (particularly pregnant ones) should be the top priority in terms of ensuring their safety and well-being. However, the Neo-Nazi junta and its NATO overlords have other plans.

What they are really after is an endless supply of cannon fodder. So far, there have been at least a quarter of a million KIA (killed in action), while there are several times more WIA/MIA (wounded/missing in action). Some, such as the US Army Colonel Douglas McGregor (ret.) claim that the numbers are far worse. According to his estimate, there are upwards of half a million Ukrainian men who have died in battle so far. The numbers might be up for debate, but there’s no doubt they’re horrendous. However, that’s still not enough for the political West and its favorite puppet regime. The Neo-Nazi junta forces are actively conscripting women to replace those losses, as attempts to forcibly draft Ukrainian refugees living abroad failed, with the host countries simply refusing to enforce it.

Hundreds of thousands of young Ukrainians who haven’t got the chance to leave the country are in hiding, as there’s no other way to avoid the ruthless draft commissions that regularly grab people in the streets and then send them off to frontline units. Obviously, those who are loyal to the Kiev regime are exempt, as well as those who can afford to pay hefty bribes to military medical commissions (MMCs). Thus, sons of numerous corrupt oligarchs get the chance to live their lavish lifestyles abroad (all at the expense of the Ukrainian people), while pregnant women are sent to war. What’s more, recently released combat footage shows some have already been captured by the Russian military. The video in question shows a woman shouting “[I’m] pregnant!” while surrendering to Russian soldiers.

Although it could be argued that the female soldier in the video is simply saying this out of fear, there have already been complaints from pregnant women who got conscription notices. As there are upwards of 50,000 female soldiers currently serving in various units, the number of pregnant ones is difficult to determine, but it could easily be in the hundreds (if not even thousands). And while legal limitations previously protected women by barring them from serving in frontline units, most of those have been lifted after the special military operation (SMO) started. Thus, female soldiers can now serve as machine gunners, tank commanders, snipers, truck drivers, etc. Unfortunately, this is hardly surprising given that people with severe physical and mental disabilities are also being deemed “fit for service”.

The Neo-Nazi junta frontman Volodymyr Zelensky is obsessed with pleasing his NATO overlords and this includes military “victories” at any cost. This only resulted in further escalation of the conflict between Zelensky and the Kiev regime’s top commander, General Valery Zaluzhny. The latter simply doesn’t want to throw away the lives of countless soldiers just to accomplish tactical “victories” that don’t really change the overall situation on the battlefield. Zelensky’s direct meddling in military affairs (for which he completely lacks any sort of expertise) is a constant source of frustration for Zaluzhny and his officers. He’s simply so out of touch that this is making the already miserable lives of hundreds of thousands of Ukrainian soldiers even more difficult, as they’re without proper training and supplies.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Ukrainian snipers attend shooting training near the front line amid Russia-Ukraine war in Zaporizhzhia, Ukraine, on February 18, 2023. [Source: businessinsider.com]

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The unpardonable, outrageous trial of Australian whistleblower David McBride was a brief affair. On November 13, it did not take long for the brutal power of the Commonwealth to become evident. McBride, having disclosed material that formed the Australian public about alleged war crimes by special forces in Afghanistan, was going to be made an example of.

McBride served as a major in the British army before becoming a lawyer for the Australian Defence Force, serving two tours in Afghanistan over 2011 and 2013. During that time, he gathered material about the culture and operations of Australia’s special forces that would ultimately pique the interest of investigators and lead to the Brereton Inquiry which, in 2020, made 36 referrals to the Australian Federal Police related to alleged war crimes.

McBride was subsequently charged with five national security offences. He was also denied immunity from prosecution under the near-unworkable provisions of the Public Interest Disclosure Act 2013 (Cth).

A central contention of the Crown was that McBride had, first and foremost, a duty to follow orders as a military lawyer. Such a duty flows on from the oath sworn to the sovereign, and no public interest could trump that undertaking. “A soldier,” contended Trish McDonald in her astonishing submission, “does not serve the sovereign by promising to do whatever the soldier thinks is in the public interest, even if contrary to the laws made by parliament.”

Even a layperson’s reading of the oath would surely make a nonsense of this view, but Justice David Mossop was in little mood to suggest otherwise. “There is no aspect of duty that allows the accused to act in the public interest contrary to a lawful order.”  It was a point he would be putting to the jury, effectively excluding any broader public interest considerations that might be at play in disobeying a military order.

For anybody vaguely familiar with military law since the Nuremberg trials of Nazi leaders in 1945, such orders are never absolute, nor to be obeyed without qualification. Following orders without question or demur in all cases went out – or so the 1945 trials suggested – with Nazi officialdom and the Third Reich. There are cases when a soldier is under a positive duty to disobey certain orders. But McDonald was trapped in a fusty pre-Nuremberg world, evidenced by her use of a 19th century authority on military justice that would have sat well with the German defence team: “There is nothing so dangerous to the civil establishment of the state as an undisciplined or reactionary army.”

Chief counsel representing McBride, Stephen Odgers, hoped to drag Australian military justice into the twenty-first century, reaffirming the wisdom of Nuremberg: there are times when a public duty supersedes and transcends the narrow demands of authority, notably when it comes to the commission or concealment of crimes. The oath McBride swore as a member of the ADF to serve the sovereign comprised an element to act in the public interest, even when opposed to a lawful order.

There being no direct Australian decision on the subject (in itself, a startling fact) McBride’s legal team took the matter of duty to the Court of Appeal of the Australian Capital Territory on November 16, hoping to delay the trial and argue the point. Chief Justice Lucy McCallum heard the following submission:

“His only real argument is that what he did was the right thing. There was an order: don’t disclose this stuff, but he bled, and did the right thing, to use his language, and the question is does the fact that he’s in breach of orders mean that he’s in breach of his duty, so that he’s got no defence?”

If such an approach was adopted, Odgers went on to state, it “may well mean that the consequence is that he’s got no real alternative but to enter pleas of guilty and that would obviously shorten things but he seeks an opportunity to have that critical issue determined by the court of appeal.” Were the jury to understand that a public interest test applied in certain cases, they would then work on the “basis that there is a powerful public interest that members of the defence force do obey orders, but circumstances might arise in which that is not in the public interest.”

What Justice Mossop was essentially saying was “not that orders are relevant to the question of duty but rather that they trump anything else, so that you must obey”. This was irrespective of “how unreasonable or in breach of fundamental principles of justice they may be, and will commit criminal offence if he does not”.

Odgers suggested an example elementary but salient. Picture a junior officer, being given a supposedly lawful order to commit what would be seen as a war crime. “Is that junior officer necessarily in breach of his duty? And there’s no way that a jury can say no he didn’t have a duty to obey that order?  That’s the implications we say of his honour’s decision.”

Unfortunately for McBride, McCallum would not be swayed. Mossop’s ruling was “not obviously wrong.” She did not feel “that there is sufficient doubt about his honour’s ruling on either issue to warrant interrupting the trial.”

With the trial resuming on November 17, Mossop issued another stinging order: that the Attorney-General’s office remove classified documents in McBride’s possession that could be presented to the jury at trial. As one of the defence team, Mark Davis, told reporters,

“We received the decision just this afternoon, which was in essence to remove evidence from the defence.”  In doing so, “The Crown, the government, was given the authority to bundle up evidence and run out the backdoor with it.”

With such gloomy prospects, McBride requested a new indictment on lesser charges, to which he pleaded guilty. Facing sentencing in the new year, he may be eligible to serve time outside carceral conditions, though a decade long stint is also in the offing.

“The result of today’s outcome,” wrote transparency advocate and former Senator Rex Patrick, “is one brave whistleblower likely behind bars and thousands of prospective whistleblowers lost from the community.”

In June this year, Australian Attorney-General Mark Dreyfus proudly claimed that

“the Albanese government has delivered on our promise to the Australian people to strengthen protections for public sector whistleblowers.”

Hardly. While modest amendments were made to the unspeakably clumsy Public Interest Disclosure Act, including the establishment of a National Anti-Corruption Commission, McBride had little reason to cheer.  Dreyfus refused to use Section 71 of the Judiciary Act 1903 (Cth), which gives the country’s chief lawmaker to drop prosecutions against individuals charged with “an indictable offence against the laws of the Commonwealth”.

Dreyfus, however, did discontinue the obscene prosecution of former ACT attorney-general Bernard Collaery under that same provision but refrained from exercising that same power regarding McBride and the Australian Tax Office whistleblower, Richard Boyle. His reasoning proved strikingly inconsistent: only in “very unusual and exceptional circumstances” could Dreyfus use such discretion. We are on slippery terrain when revealing alleged war crimes is a matter usual and unexceptional.

In McBride’s understandably distressed reading of the result, he warned that, in joining the Australian military, you were not “joining a noble profession, just a criminal gang like any other criminal gang: silence and complicity are the touchstones. A judge has made that clear.” And, sadly, more besides.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge. He currently lectures at RMIT University. He is a regular contributor to Global Research and Asia-Pacific Research. Email: [email protected] 

Featured image is from Riotact

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The world cries for peace as America pushes for war.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

US Economy – Heading for the Abyss

November 19th, 2023 by Karsten Riise

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

US Constantly Higher Needs to Borrow

The US government’s debt stands at nearly $34 trillion. Even worse, the deficits of the US governments are only getting bigger and bigger. As the debt and rate of interest go up, so go the total debt payment. As Ukraine, Gaza, and Taiwan heat up, so both parties agree on ever bigger military spending. Furthermore, not even the Republicans want to cut in social spending or in Obama-care, as the Republicans realize that they depend more and more on votes from disadvantaged Americans including the less educated, the low earners, ordinary workers, and the Black and Latino communities.

US government needs to borrow and will therefore go up – a lot.

Bad for the USA that fewer and fewer want to lend money to the US.

Fewer Wanting to Lend to the US

The Chinese stopped buying US debt – they are now selling it. The Japanese stopped buying US debt as well – and will now buy their own debt instead. The rich Saudis and Emirates are also less inclined to buy US debt, as they have their own mega project like the Saudi NEOM city to spend trillions on. See this.

Even worse – to combat inflation, the US Federal Reserve Bank is forced to reverse “Quantitative Easing”, where the US Central Bank used to indirectly purchase US government debt. With “quantitative easing”, the US Central Bank bought US government debt in a masked way by way of buying private debt owned by US banks in exchange US banks buying fresh issued US government debt. But “quantitative easing” is now being replaced by the reverse, by “quantitative tightening”, as the US Central Bank is more inclined to sell debt than to buy it, worsening the financial situation of the US government even more.

So, what happens when a bad quality commodity like US government debt becomes more abundant, and fewer and fewer want to buy it? As always, the price goes down – and when US treasury bonds get cheaper, the rate of interest the US government has to pay goes further sharply up. Higher rates of interest and ever higher levels of debt further exacerbates the US government’s deficit and its needs to borrow go further up. It’s a vicious circle for the US government.

US Being Squeezed

The US is now in a vice – squeezed between higher loan needs and fewer lenders.

The US government is so badly off that it has to pay a real rate of interest (that is, the rate of interest above inflation) of around 2.25% – that is nearly the same high level as Italy.

Break-Down Threatening Stock Markets and Real Estate

Because foreign buyers and the US Federal Reserve Bank are all selling off US debt instead of buying it, the US government from now on depends solely on private US investors to finance its debt.

As there is only a definite amount of private investment capital available inside the USA, the continuation of ever-bigger private purchases of US government bonds has to “crowd out” (that is, replace) more and more investments in private enterprises, which create jobs.

In return, the required market rate of interest in the USA goes up, not only on US bonds, but on US shares and real estate as well.

And as the required market rate of interest goes up on stocks and real estate, the price of these assets goes down, incurring either less profits or even losses in fortunes for private US investors. Moreover, the resulting less private US investments in companies and real estate will incur a loss in US jobs.

US government deficit is now an extreme strong and unstoppable force dragging down on the US economy. Yes, the US economy may continue signs of growing, but like a swimmer wearing a belt of lead, the US economy will get more and more “tired” as it is inexorably dragged towards the bottom. Sooner or later, a drowning may occur – and that realization among private investors may come rather suddenly, creating an unstoppable break-down of the entire US financial system.

A break-down which cannot be stopped like the last couple of times by the US government injecting trillions into the private economy and banking sector to revive it – because this time, precisely such mega US government trillion injections are the cause, not any solution, to this deadly disease threatening the entire US financial system.

The whole world will feel the pain as well when this hits.

No End in Sight – Only the Abyss

The worst thing for the US is that there is no end, no solution, in sight to this situation. Neither party in the US is going to cut spending. The problem can only be solved by raising taxes. And not just raise taxes by a little bit, but enormously, and that will also hit the US economy dramatically. Neither party in the US is going to raise taxes.

This is therefore only going to get worse – and faster and faster.

The financial abyss awaits the USA.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Karsten Riise is a Master of Science (Econ) from Copenhagen Business School and has a university degree in Spanish Culture and Languages from Copenhagen University. He is the former Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) of Mercedes-Benz in Denmark and Sweden.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image is from Pixabay

Israel Captures Al Shifa Hospital for Their Gaza Military Post

November 19th, 2023 by Steven Sahiounie

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Israel has insisted that the Al Shifa Hospital in Gaza is sitting on top of a network of tunnels which are the Hamas headquarters in Gaza. The Israeli government have offered no credible proof, and only cite secret intelligence as their source.

Lieutenant Colonel Peter Lerner, Israeli army spokesperson, told CNN the hospital and compound were for Hamas “a central hub of their operations, perhaps even the beating heart and maybe even a centre of gravity”.

US President Joe Biden was not falling for their claims, and on Tuesday insisted that hospitals must be protected.

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu called Biden, and Biden flip-flopped his position and gave the Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) the green-light to attack and occupy the hospital.

While CNN was covering the Trump trials, and the 2024 US presidential race, Al Jazeera and other Middle Eastern media with journalists inside Gaza, were broadcasting images of terrified doctors and patients lining the halls of the hospital. Doctors on duty at the time reported that IDF soldiers were tying up doctors and health professionals in the hospital, while beating some doctors and patients as well.

Where is the credible evidence to justify an attack and occupation of a hospital in a war zone? Human rights experts point out that hospitals, healthcare workers and ambulances are protected by international law.

Israel gets a lot of their secret intelligence from informants inside Gaza. People who are poor and need the paycheck, or those who may have an ideological difference with Hamas.

The other common source Israel depends on is torture. On October 7, the day of the Hamas attack on Israelis, some Hamas members may have survived and were captured. Every Palestinian arrested by the IDF are always tortured, including women and children.

Torture has been proven to produce worthless intelligence. Any person who is undergoing excruciating pain will answer anything to get the beatings to stop. Research has proven that the answers, or information you get from torture are mainly faulty, and this has caused many intelligence services in the Middle East and in the West to drop the practice.

Did someone under the pain of torture say that Al Shifa Hospital sits atop the Hamas command center?

A military expert in the Middle East, on the condition of anonymity, said that Hamas likely keeps the location of their headquarters secret, and the information is available on a ‘need to know’ basis. Only the most senior members would likely know the location, and the local informants would not have that information, nor would the fighters who participated on the October 7 attack.

The same military expert offered his theory: that the IDF want the Al Shifa Hospital as their headquarters because it is centrally located in the north, a substantial building, and has plenty of resources inside for electricity production and health care for the IDF. If his theory is correct, we may be presented with fabricated evidence of a secret Hamas headquarters by the IDF.

Regardless of how flimsy the evidence, the White House will rubber-stamp it with their seal of approval. We can’t forget General Colin Powell in Congress in 2003 with the small vial of baby powder claiming it to be Iraq’s weapons of mass destruction. Fabrications and lies are a specialty served up hot on a bed of media distortions by the Biden administration.

The IDF hurriedly deleted a social media post they made claiming that all hospitals and ambulances in Gaza were a legitimate military target as Hamas used them. They were working up to the Al Shifa Hospital attack and wanted to test the waters.

Gaza’s largest hospital, al-Shifa Hospital, located in northern Rimal in Gaza City, was built in 1946 during British rule.

“In Gaza, as Israeli forces enter Al-Shifa hospital, we call once again for the protection of medical staff, patients and displaced civilians sheltered inside the hospital,” Doctors Without Borders said on X.

“We are extremely worried for their lives,” it stressed.

“There are reports that some people who fled the hospital have been shot at, wounded and even killed,” wrote WHO on X on Saturday.

Decomposed bodies were buried in a mass grave at the hospital to ward off contagions. Dr. Ahmad Mokhallalati, a surgeon who is currently in the hospital, told Al Jazeera that gunshots can be heard surrounding the hospital.

Mokhallalati said 650 patients remain at the hospital, including about 100 in critical condition, with 2,000 to 3,000 displaced Palestinians seeking shelter in the building, and 700 medical staff.

36 premature babies were recently taken off their incubators because the station supplying them oxygen was destroyed in Israeli shellings three days ago, and three babies died.

The IDF have stripped naked people in the courtyard of the hospital amid rain and winter temperatures while interrogating them as Israel tanks approached while firing.

At least 11,320 Palestinians have been killed, including over 7,800 women and children, and more than 29,200 others have been injured, according to the latest figures from Palestinian authorities.

According to experts, the Al Shifa attack and occupation is part of the Israeli vision for a forceful displacement of everyone in northern Gaza. Food and water supplies have run out, and the destruction of the last remaining source of medical care is a strategic Israeli military goal.

“The war against [Hamas] is advancing with full force, and it has one goal: to win. There is no alternative to victory,” Netanyahu said on Saturday, and has rejected international calls for a ceasefire.

Netanyahu has clearly stated it is his goal to remain in Gaza as an occupying force indefinitely, despite the US, Egypt, and Jordan opposing such a plan.

Netanyahu also made clear he wanted Israel to retain overall security control after any conflict “with the ability to go in whenever we want in order to kill terrorists”.

In the face of millions of protesters across the world, we still have never once heard Biden call for a ceasefire.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on Mideast Discourse.

Steven Sahiounie is a two-time award winning journalist. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

All images in this article are from MD

The Regeneration of Politics in the West

November 19th, 2023 by Germán Gorraiz López

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The Greek philosopher Aristotle in his treatise “Politics”, defined man as ‘political animal’ ( zoom politikon) to indicate that ‘man is a social and rational being who lives in societies organized politically and in whose public affairs he participates to a greater or lesser extent, with the aim of achieving the common good pursued by politics: the happiness of citizens”.

Historically, the party idea was inherent in the conception of shared power (antagonistic to the monarchy’s idea of monopoly power) and responsible to the various parts of society that over time was consolidated as a means of expression of the citizen’s will and government action.

Initially, the primary role of the parties was to promote the participation of citizens in democratic life and to contribute to the integration of national representation; But the bleeding cases of corruption of the majority of the parliamentary parties combined with the transformation of these parties into entities totally refractory to the basic needs of the citizenry, would have provoked the disaffection of broad layers of citizens.

Thus, the political ruling caste would have been transformed into a power clique (equivalent to a mini-state within the state), which would use nepotism to perpetuate itself in the party for life and in turn, would be choked by the pressure lobbies of the establishment.

Likewise, the political parties would be afflicted according to Ortega and Gasset of the “aristophobia or fear of the best” because “the sentimental rebellion of the masses, the hatred of the best and the scarcity of them in politics would be the real reason for the great Hispanic failure”. As a solution, at the end of the essay “Invertebrate Spain”, Ortega points to the “imperative of selection that should govern the spirits and orient the wills and using it as a chisel, set to forge a new type of man”.

The Need to Regenerate Political Life

The German philosopher Hannah Arendt in her book “On the Revolution”, 1963 states that

“the party system has prevailed in Western societies, imposing representation as the only form of government. They also present definite political programs, which prevent the citizens from exercising their ability to form and express their own opinion”.

For Arendt, “the representative government has become oligarchic: public freedom and happiness have become the privilege of a few”. The political parties would therefore be part of an obsolete and fossilized system, so it advises the council system as “the only form of organization of a large political community that ensures the right to the participation of all its members in the public sphere as they constitute real political spaces, apt to serve as scenarios of action”.

In conclusion, it is urgent to renew the internal structures of political parties to ensure a transversality that allows the implementation of channels of dialogue with citizens and facilitates the creation of spaces available for free interaction. This would facilitate their participation in the preparation of the electoral programs of the parties as well as the lists of candidates for the various elections, combining representation with action to avoid that the citizenry is condemned in eternis to be only “political animal” in his private life.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Germán Gorraiz López is a political analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

 

I will present 35 cases of strokes in young people < 50 years old and will then look at some literature and analysis:

Oct. 27, 2023 – 41 year old Louisiana Music star Damon Troy suffered a stroke on the night of Oct. 27, 2023 right after a live concert performance. “still suffering from weakness on entire right side of his body.”

Image

Oct. 21, 2023 – Tacoma, WA – 37 year old former Montana basketball star Anthony Johnson had a massive stroke during his daughter’s birthday party on Oct. 21, 2023 and he died suddenly on Nov. 1, 2023.

Image

Oct. 18, 2023 – Louisville, KY – 48 year old Paramedic Don Scheer suffered a massive stroke which caused a brain injury that he couldn’t recover from and he died on Oct. 18, 2023.

Image

Oct. 16, 2023 – Brazil – 29 year old Christina Figueiredo, bodybuilder, had a stroke during an operation that led to his death. “It was supposed to be a pretty simple surgery but there were complications.”

Oct. 14, 2023 – Warner Robins, GA – Tammy Lancaster is in the hospital fighting for her life. “She had a blood clot that caused a stroke, brain bleed and swelling.”

Image

Oct. 12, 2023 – Australia – 32 year old professional rugby player Zane Tetevano suffered a stroke that has sidelined him for 5 months earlier in the year.

Image

Oct. 11, 2023 – Scotland – 39 year old Paula Black, mother of 5 children, died from a stroke on Oct. 11, 2023 and her husband Jon-Jo Terry, also age 39, died of a heart attack in June 2023.

Image

Oct. 5, 2023 – Rolandia, Brazil – 36 year old Janaina Pereira dos Santos went out to the market to shop but became ill and suffered a stroke and died suddenly.

Image

Oct. 4, 2023 – New York – 35 year old Kimberly Geddie died suddenly on Oct.4, 2023 from a “stroke caused by an undiagnosed heart condition.

Image

Oct. 4, 2023 – Argentina – 48 year old Jaquelin Carrieri had a stroke after cosmetic surgery in LA and died suddenly on October 4, 2023.

Image

Oct. 1, 2023 – Wishart, QLD, Australia – 17 year old footballer Joshua Ditchmen had a stroke while driving a quad. He crashed the quad and ended up with multiple brain bleeds and spent 10 days in a coma.

Sep. 29, 2023 – Illinois – 20s year old Alexis Nicole had “rare form of stroke that causes blood clots in my brain.”

Image

Sep. 25, 2023 – UK – 42 year old Zoe Wilson, mom of 3 had a stroke on Sep. 18. She then had a brain bleed & another stroke in Hospital & died on Sep. 25, 2023.

Image

Sep. 15, 2023 – Cambridge, ON – Charlyn Webster suffered a massive stroke on Sep. 15, 2023 “we had no warning signs, in idea that something was wrong. She’d been nothing but vibrant and healthy and active.” 

Image

Sep. 13, 2023 – Willowick, OH – 27 year old Police Officer Maddie Orton suffered a stroke 2 days before she was to get married. It was during a shopping trip on Sep. 13, 2023 “they are still not quite sure what caused the stroke.”

Image

Sep. 2, 2023 – Portland, OR – Susannah Kelly, co-owner of Antler Gallery died suddenly on Sep. 2, 2023 after suffering a series of strokes caused by vertebral arterial dissection.

Click here to read the full article.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The White House faces a dilemma. It has the power to stop the death and destruction in Gaza in its tracks, at any time of its choosing. But it chooses not to.

The US is determined to back its client state to the hilt, giving Israel licence to wreck the tiny coastal enclave, seemingly whatever the cost in Palestinian lives.

But the optics – and that is all that concerns Washington – are disastrous.

TV images have shown hundreds of thousands of Palestinians fleeing their destroyed homes, on a scale unseen since Israel’s earlier mass ethnic cleansing operations of 1948 and 1967.

Even the western media is struggling to obscure the veritable mountain of crushed and bleeding bodies in Gaza. The known death toll has now surpassed 11,000, with thousands more buried under rubble. Those who survive face a genocidal policy, starving them of food, water and power.

By the weekend, Israel’s declared war on Hamas had shifted into an open war on Gaza’s hospitals. Medicins San Frontieres reported that al-Shifa hospital in Gaza City had been bombed repeatedly and its power cut off, with horrific scenes of premature babies dying after their incubators had stopped functioning. Staff who tried to evacuate, as Israel had ordered them to, were shot at. Similar scenes unfolded at al-Rantisi hospital.

Western publics are growing increasingly incensed. Protest marches have attracted numbers not seen since the mass demonstrations against the Iraq war 20 years ago.

Western allies are finding it harder to obscure and justify their complicity in what are indisputable Israeli crimes against humanity. French President Emmanuel Macron broke ranks at the weekend. His message was summed up bluntly by the BBC: “Macron calls on Israel to stop killing Gaza’s women and babies.”

In private, US allies in the Middle East are pleading with the US to use its leverage to restrain Israel.

Meanwhile, Washington is only too aware of how quickly Israel’s regional opponents could get dragged in, dangerously expanding and escalating the conflict.

Its immediate response has been desperate, and preposterous, stop-gaps to ease the criticism, including from 500 administration staff who submitted a letter to Biden on Tuesday protesting the White House’s blanket support for Israel.

Those measures have included the president calling for “less intrusive action” from Israel towards the hospitals, shortly before Israeli forces were reported storming al-Shifa, and rumours that Tony Blair, the former British prime minister who joined the US attack on Iraq in 2003 in violation of international law, might serve as the West’s “humanitarian coordinator” in Gaza.

Never-ending Occupation

But what the Biden administration really needs is a cover story to justify the fact that it is continuing to supply the weapons and funding needed by Israel to carry out its crimes in broad daylight.

US Secretary of State Antony Blinken set out his stall last week at the G7 summit. The goal is to shift the focus away from Israel’s genocidal policies in Gaza, and Washington’s backing for them, to a purely theoretical discussion about what might happen after the fighting ends.

Outlining his post-war “vision” for Gaza, Blinken said:

“It’s also clear that Israel cannot occupy Gaza. Now, the reality is that there may be a need for some transition period at the end of the conflict… We don’t see a reoccupation and what I’ve heard from Israeli leaders is that they have no intent to reoccupy Gaza.”

James Cleverley, Britain’s former foreign secretary, echoed his US counterpart, insisting power would in Gaza be handed to “a peace-loving Palestinian leadership”.

Both appear to favour the Palestinian Authority’s Mahmoud Abbas taking over Gaza – or what’s left of it.

This bad-faith manoeuvre is off the charts, even by the pair’s usual mendacious standards. Both the US and Britain want us to believe, at least while Palestinians are being massacred day after day, that they are serious about reviving the long-cold cadaver of the two-state solution.

The layers of deceit are so plentiful they need to be peeled away one by one.

The first glaring deception is Washington’s insistence that Israel avoid “reoccupying” Gaza. Blinken wants us to believe that the strip’s occupation ended long ago, when Israel dismantled its Jewish colonies in 2005 and pulled out the soldiers who protected the settlers.

But if Gaza was not actually occupied before Israel’s current ground invasion, how does Washington explain the Israeli blockade of the tiny enclave for the past 16 years? How did Israel manage to seal off Gaza’s land borders, block access to Gaza’s territorial waters, and patrol Gaza’s skies 24/7?

The reality is that Gaza has not experienced a day free of Israeli occupation since 1967. All that Israel did 18 years ago when it pulled out its Jewish settlers, was to run the occupation more remotely, exploiting new developments in weapons and surveillance technologies.

Israel developed and refined a very sophisticated, arm’s length occupation, using Israeli teenagers with joysticks at distant sites to play God with the lives of 2.3 million imprisoned Palestinians.

Israel is not in danger of “reoccupying” Gaza. It never stopped occupying it.

Make-believe Confrontation

Another deceit is the impression Blinken is intentionally creating that the US is preparing for a confrontation with Israel over Gaza’s future.

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has made clear he is in no mood to sit down with Palestinian leaders, even of the “peace-loving” kind. At the weekend, he once again declared that Israel would take “security control” of the enclave as soon as Hamas was gone.

“There will be no Hamas,” he told Israelis on Saturday evening. “There will be no civilian authority that educates their children to hate Israel, to kill Israelis, to destroy the state of Israel.”

He added that Israeli troops would be able to “go in [to Gaza] whenever we want in order to kill terrorists”. 

Certainly, Israeli military commanders seem to be taking this message to heart, vowing that they are back in Gaza for good.

But the suggestion that Israel and Washington are not on the same page is pure trickery. The “row” is entirely confected, designed to make it look like the Biden administration, in pushing for negotiations, is taking the Palestinians’ side against Israel. Nothing could be further from the truth.

The pretence is a boon to both sides. The US wants to look like one day – after all Gaza’s homes are destroyed and its people ethnically cleansed – it will drag Netanyahu to the negotiating table kicking and screaming. 

An embattled Netanyahu, meanwhile, is able to score popularity points with the Israeli right by posturing defiantly against the Biden administration. 

It is pure theatre. The confrontation will never materialise. The US “vision” is nothing more than make-believe.

The No-state Solution

The truth is that Washington formally abandoned the so-called two-state solution years ago, aware that Israel would never allow even the most circumscribed of Palestinian states. 

Over the past three decades, Israel has gone from the pretence – maintained during the Oslo process – that it might one day concede a sham, demilitarised Palestinian state, cut off from the rest of the Middle East, to outright rejection of Palestinian statehood on any terms at all. 

Back in July, before Hamas’ 7 October attack, Netanyahu was widely reported to have told a closed Israeli parliamentary meeting that Palestinian hopes of a sovereign state “must be eliminated”.

Will the same Israel that refused to countenance a state under Abbas, the Palestinian leader who called security coordination with Israel “sacred”, really be ready to hand over the keys to the kingdom after its latest rampage?

Remember, it was Netanyahu who explained to his ruling Likud party in 2019 that “bolstering Hamas and transferring money to Hamas” were the best way for Israel to “thwart the establishment of a Palestinian state”.

This was not some rogue position. It was shared across the military and security establishments. 

The strategy was achieved through Israeli policies designed to permanently split, physically and politically, the two main territorial components of any future Palestinian state: the West Bank and Gaza. 

Movement between the two was made all but impossible, and Israel cultivated different, antagonistic local leaderships for each territory so neither could claim to represent the Palestinian people. 

At the July parliamentary meeting, Netanyahu also insisted it was a vital Israeli interest that the PA be propped up in the West Bank.

At the same time, the necessary capital of a Palestinian state, Jerusalem, has been physically sealed off from both territories, and stripped of any Palestinian political representation.

As the Biden administration knows only too well, Israel would never allow a “moderate” Palestinian leadership to become established in Gaza, uniting it with the West Bank and strengthening the case for a sovereign Palestinian state.

But talk of a revived two-state solution does serve as a useful distraction from the actual solution Israel is implementing in plain view.

Israeli actions tell that story. The bombing into rubble not only of Gaza’s homes but of the civilian infrastructure – hospitals, schools, United Nations compounds, bakeries, mosques and churches – needed to support one of the most overcrowded places on earth. 

The population in Gaza’s north has been forcibly dislocated to create an even smaller, even more overcrowded holding pen in southern Gaza, ensuring the enclave is “a place where no human being can exist”, as Giora Eiland, a former Israeli national security adviser, phrased it.

The goal is transparent: to expel Gaza’s population into the neighbouring Egyptian territory of Sinai. And given Israel’s previous form, the only reasonable conclusion to draw is that Gaza’s refugee families – some of them about to be exiled by Israel for a second or third time – will never be allowed to return to the ruins.

The Biden administration can pretend to be resurrecting a non-existent two-state solution. But the reality is that Israel has had just such an expulsion plan – called the Greater Gaza Plan – on the drawing board for decades. 

According to reports, Washington has been signed up to the creation of a Palestinian enclave in Sinai since at least 2007.

Powerless Abbas

Assuming anything of Gaza survives the current onslaught, Blinken’s next deceit is the suggestion that Abbas and the Palestinian Authority are able or willing to take Hamas’ place.

There is, of course, the small matter of how Abbas could rule a population with which he has so discredited himself in the past by endlessly accommodating Israel’s crimes. After all, his Fatah party was ousted from Gaza in 2006 after it was defeated in Palestinian legislative elections. 

But Abbas is losing even more credibility with Palestinians as he sits passively through the horrors unfolding in Gaza. As former British ambassador Craig Murray has noted, with Palestine a member of the UN, Abbas could invoke the Genocide Convention against Israel.

That, in turn, would require a ruling from the International Court of Justice. It would put Israel, the US and the UK firmly on the back foot. But Abbas has once again sacrificed his people to avoid angering the US. 

Even more preposterous is the idea that Israel would ever let the Palestinian Authority rule Gaza when that same PA is not allowed to be in charge of the West Bank. 

Abbas has no control of any kind over the 62 per cent of the West Bank that the Oslo Accords placed – temporarily – under full Israeli rule, enforced by the Israeli army and Jewish settler militias. What was intended by Oslo to be temporary was long ago made permanent by Israel.

In another quarter of the West Bank, the PA is nothing more than a glorified local authority, running the schools and emptying the bins. 

And in the remaining fifth of the territory, chiefly the built-up areas, Abbas has extremely circumscribed powers. The PA does not have control over borders, internal movement, airspace, electronic frequencies, currency, or the population register. 

Abbas has no more than a police force in these cities, one that acts as a local security contractor for the Israeli military. When the Israeli army decides to do the job itself, and bursts into a West Bank city unannounced, Abbas’ forces shrink into the shadows.

The idea that Abbas can take charge of Gaza when he is powerless in his “stronghold” of the West Bank is a fairytale.

No Eradicating Hamas

But perhaps the most fraudulent of the White House deceptions is the assumption that Hamas – and by extension, all Palestinian resistance – can be eradicated from Gaza.

Palestinian fighters are not some alien force that invaded the enclave. They are not occupiers, even though that is the way they are portrayed by every western government and media outlet. 

They emerged organically out of a population that has endured decades of military abuse and oppression from Israel. Hamas is the legacy of that suffering. 

Israel’s genocidal policies – unless it intends to wipe out every Palestinian in Gaza – will not moderate that impulse for resistance. Israel will simply inflame more anger and resentment, and a stronger motive for vengeance. 

Even were Hamas to be wiped out, another, probably more desperate and vicious resistance group would surface to take its place. 

Most of the Palestinian children now being bombed and terrorised, made homeless along with their families, and witnessing loved ones being killed, will not grow up over the next few years to become young peace ambassadors. 

Their birthright will be the gun and the rocket. Their ambition will be to avenge their families and restore their honour. 

Israel and the US know all this, too. History is crammed full of such lessons taught to greedy, arrogant colonisers and occupiers. 

But their goal, whatever they claim, is not a solution or a resolution. It is permanent war. It is perpetuating the “cycle of violence”. It is greasing the tank treads of the West’s profitable war machine by spawning the very enemies that western publics are told they need protecting from.

Whether Palestinians are returned to the Stone Age in Gaza, as Israeli military commanders have long desired, or expelled to live in refugee camps in Sinai, they will not accept a fate in which they are treated as “human animals”.

Their fight will go on. And Israel and Washington will have to keep inventing new, ever more fanciful stories to try to persuade us that the West’s hands are clean. 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: President Joe Biden participates in a restricted bilateral meeting with Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu at the Hotel Kempinski in Tel Aviv, Israel, Wednesday, October 18, 2023. (Official White House Photo by Cameron Smith)

Xi Jinping Is Right About the U.S. Empire

November 19th, 2023 by Jacob G. Hornberger

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

On the eve of Chinese President Xi Jinping’s current visit to the United States, the New York Times published an article detailing some of Xi’s thoughts about the United States.

The article states: 

In Mr. Xi’s telling, China sought to rise peacefully, but Western powers would not accept the idea that a Communist-led China was catching up and could someday overtake them in global primacy. The West would never stop trying to derail China’s ascent and topple its Communist Party, he said in speeches to the military that are largely unreported by the media.

In 2015, Xi told military commanders:

“Some Western countries absolutely never want to see a socialist China grow strong under the leadership of the Chinese Communist Party.”

The Times writes that Xi’s speeches “voiced an almost fatalistic conviction … that China’s rise would prompt a backlash from Western rivals seeking to maintain their dominance.” Xi told Chinese Air Force officers in 2014, “The faster we develop, the bigger the external shock will be, and the greater the strategic blowback.” According to the Times,

“In Mr. Xi’s worldview, the West has sought to subvert the Chinese Communist Party’s power at home and contain the country’s influence abroad.”

The problem, one that all too many Americans are loathe to confront, is that Xi Jinping is right about the U.S. Empire. 

Throughout history, empires have loathed rivals, opponents, adversaries, and competitors. They do everything they can to prevent them from rising, including the imposition of harmful economic measures but even going so far as to initiate wars against them, all with the aim of weakening what they perceive as a rising rival to their empire.

Of course, such measures inevitably also damage the people living in the empire, but the idea is that the empire, because it is already economically stronger, can withstand the economic deprivation better than the targeted nation, which ordinarily has a lower standard of living.

For decades after the Communist Party took control over China, the Party established and maintained a strict socialist system, one in which the government owned and controlled most everything. The result was massive poverty across the land, which, of course, meant a Chinese communist government with relatively few resources.

Then a few decades ago, China began liberalizing its economy, permitting the Chinese people to engage in economic enterprise, engage in trade, open businesses, and accumulate large amounts of wealth. The result was a tremendous increase in economic prosperity.

For a time, Americans celebrated this economic phenomenon. And why not? For decades, many Americans had criticized China’s socialist system precisely because it generated so much poverty among the Chinese people. Now the standard of living of people was soaring. Why wouldn’t everyone celebrate the fact that people in other parts of the world are escaping poverty? 

Moreover, the rising prosperity in China meant that the Chinese people were increasingly able to purchase goods and services from Americans. The resulting trade made everyone better off.

But the U.S. Empire — specifically, the Pentagon, the CIA, and the NSA — saw trouble in all this. That’s because China’s economic prosperity meant vast new tax revenues for the Chinese communist regime — resources that enabled the regime to increase the size of its military and also to increase its influence around the world. 

During the 20 years that the U.S. government was waging war against the people of Afghanistan and Iraq, China had no such burden. Rather than using its tax revenues to kill large numbers of people, as the U.S. Empire was doing, China was using them to expand its influence around the world by helping countries with big, grandiose socialist projects. 

Thus, in the eyes of the U.S. national-security establishment, China’s rise posed a grave threat to its post-Cold War role as the world’s sole remaining empire. Something had to be done to bring China down, even if it harmed the American people at the same time. By suppressing China’s economic prosperity, the empire aimed to diminish the amount of tax revenues flowing into the Chinese government’s coffers, thereby limiting its ability to expand its military and its influence around the world. 

It’s just the way empires have always worked. Questions naturally arises though for the American people: Is it right for the U.S. government to be wreaking economic damage on the people of another country? Indeed, is it right for the U.S. government to even be an empire?

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Jacob G. Hornberger is founder and president of The Future of Freedom Foundation. He was born and raised in Laredo, Texas, and received his B.A. in economics from Virginia Military Institute and his law degree from the University of Texas. He was a trial attorney for twelve years in Texas. He also was an adjunct professor at the University of Dallas, where he taught law and economics. In 1987, Mr. Hornberger left the practice of law to become director of programs at the Foundation for Economic Education. He has advanced freedom and free markets on talk-radio stations all across the country as well as on Fox News’ Neil Cavuto and Greta van Susteren shows and he appeared as a regular commentator on Judge Andrew Napolitano’s show Freedom Watch. View these interviews at LewRockwell.com and from Full Context. Send him email.

Featured image: China’s president Xi Jinping in London, 2015. (Photo: FCDO / Flickr)

Le Due Guerre Dell’occidente. Manlio Dinucci

November 19th, 2023 by Manlio Dinucci

Tutti gli articoli di Global Research possono essere letti in 51 lingue attivando il pulsante Traduci sito web sotto il nome dell’autore.

Per ricevere la newsletter quotidiana di Global Research (articoli selezionati), fare clic qui.

Fare clic sul pulsante di condivisione qui sopra per inviare via e-mail/fornire questo articolo ad amici e colleghi. Seguiteci su Instagram e Twitter e iscrivetevi al nostro canale Telegram. Sentitevi liberi di ripubblicare e condividere gli articoli di Global Research.

***

Siamo coinvolti in due guerre, in Europa e Medioriente, che hanno conseguenze sempre più gravi sulle nostre condizioni di vita e sulla nostra sicurezza.  

Sul fronte europeo è stato compiuto, nel settembre 2022, quello che il Wall Street Journal definisce “uno dei più grandi atti di sabotaggio in Europa dalla Seconda Guerra Mondiale”: gli Stati Uniti, coadiuvati da Norvegia e Polonia, hanno fatto esplodere il Nord Stream, il principale gasdotto che trasportava in Germania e da qui in altri paesi europei gas russo a basso costo.  La dinamica di questa azione bellica è stata ricostruita, in base a precise prove, dal giornalista statunitense Seymour Hersh e da una inchiesta tedesca. 

Il segretario di Stato USA Blinken  ha definito il blocco del Nord Stream “una enorme opportunità strategica per gli anni avvenire” e ha sottolineato che “gli Stati Uniti sono divenuti il principale fornitore di gas naturale liquefatto  all’Europa”,  gas che noi cittadini europei paghiamo molto più di quello che importavamo dalla Russia. 

Allo stesso tempo gli Stati Uniti stanno scaricando sull’Europa l’enorme costo  della guerra NATO in Ucraina contro la Russia. La Commissione Europea sta aprendo la via al prossimo ingresso dell’Ucraina nella UE, con la conseguenza che saremo noi cittadini europei a pagare l’enorme deficit ucraino.

Sul fronte mediorientale l’Unione Europea sostiene la guerra con la quale Israele, con alle spalle gli Stati Uniti e la NATO,  attacca la Pelestina e alimenta un conflitto regionale mirando in particolare all’Iran.  L’Italia, che dal 2004 è legata a Israele da un patto militare, ha fornito  i caccia su cui si addestrano i piloti israeliani,  che bombardano Gaza facendo strage di civili, e    sostiene in diversi modi le forze armate israeliane. In compenso il premier Netanyahu ha promesso alla premier Meloni che l’Italia diverrà hub energetico per lo smistamento in Europa del gas che Israele invierà attraverso il gasdotto EastMed. 

La sezione del giacimento offshore di gas, di cui Israele si attribuisce la proprietà esclusiva, è situata in gran parte nelle acque territoriali del Territorio Palestinese di Gaza e in quello della Cisgiordania. Attraverso il gasdotto EastMed Israele esporterà quindi in Italia e nella UE il gas naturale palestinese di cui si è impadronito con la forza militare. 

*

Nota per i lettori: Cliccate sul pulsante di condivisione qui sopra. Seguiteci su Instagram e Twitter e iscrivetevi al nostro canale Telegram. Sentitevi liberi di ripubblicare e condividere ampiamente gli articoli di Global Research.

Manlio Dinucci, autore premiato, analista geopolitico e geografo, Pisa, Italia. È ricercatore associato del Centro di ricerca sulla globalizzazione.

US Sponsored Coup d’État: The Destabilization of Haiti

November 19th, 2023 by Prof Michel Chossudovsky

This article was written in the last days of February 2004, completed and published on February 29th, on the day of President Jean Bertrand Aristide‘s kidnapping and deportation by the US, Canada and France. .

Today, almost 20 years later, the Biden Administration in consultation with America’s allies. has been calling for a renewed deployment of a UN sponsored “police operation” to Haiti. The UN Security Council approved the conduct of a plan to be carried out by Kenya consisting of an initial deployment of 1,000 Kenyan police officers to Haiti

“The mission to Haiti is ostensibly designed to assist in establishing security in the country of 11 million which is considered the poorest nation in the western hemisphere. If the deployment goes forward it would represent yet another intervention since the 2004 invasion by the United States, France and Canada which removed the government of former President Jean-Bertrand Aristide and deported him to the Central African Republic (CAR). (Abayomi Azikiwe, November 16, 2023)

We stand in solidarity with the people of Haiti.

The article below provides a detailed analysis of the events leading up to the US-Canada-France Coup d’Etat against the democratically elected government of  President Jean Bertrand Aristide.

At the height of the Bush Administration, The White House had called into question Haitian President Jean-Bertrand Aristide‘s “fitness to continue to govern his country”. According to the official White House statement released one day before Aristide’s kidnapping: 

“His failure to adhere to democratic principles has contributed to the deep polarization and violent unrest that we are witnessing in Haiti today… His own actions have called into question his fitness to continue to govern Haiti. We urge him to examine his position carefully, to accept responsibility, and to act in the best interests of the people of Haiti”

Now should we not apply the same “democratic principles” to President George W. Bush who has lied to the American people, violated international law and waged two major wars (Afghanistan and Iraq) in the course of his mandate? 

***

This article was subsequently published in my book entitled.  “The Globalization of War: America’s Long War against Humanity”

(see details at foot of article)

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, November 18, 2023

***

Introduction

The armed insurrection which contributed to unseating President Aristide on February 29th 2004 was the result of a carefully staged military-intelligence operation.

The Rebel paramilitary army crossed the border from the Dominican Republic in early February. It constitutes a well armed, trained and equipped paramilitary unit integrated by former members of Le Front pour l’avancement et le progrès d’Haiti (FRAPH), the “plain clothes” death squadrons, involved in mass killings of civilians and political assassinations during the CIA sponsored 1991 military coup, which led to the overthrow of the democratically elected government of President Jean Bertrand Aristide

The self-proclaimed Front pour la Libération et la reconstruction nationale (FLRN) (National Liberation and Reconstruction Front) is led by Guy Philippe, a former member of the Haitian Armed Forces and Police Chief. Philippe had been trained during the 1991 coup years by US Special Forces in Ecuador, together with a dozen other Haitian Army officers. (See Juan Gonzalez, New York Daily News, 24 February 2004).

The two other rebel commanders and associates of Guy Philippe, who led the attacks on Gonaives and Cap Haitien are Emmanuel Constant, nicknamed “Toto” and Jodel Chamblain, both of whom are former Tonton Macoute and leaders of FRAPH.

In 1994, Emmanuel Constant led the FRAPH assassination squadron into the village of Raboteau, in what was later identified as “The Raboteau massacre”:

“One of the last of the infamous massacres happened in April 1994 in Raboteau, a seaside slum about 100 miles north of the capital. Raboteau has about 6,000 residents, most fishermen and salt rakers, but it has a reputation as an opposition stronghold where political dissidents often went to hide… On April 18 [1994], 100 soldiers and about 30 paramilitaries arrived in Raboteau for what investigators would later call a “dress rehearsal.” They rousted people from their homes, demanding to know where Amiot “Cubain” Metayer, a well-known Aristide supporter, was hiding. They beat people, inducing a pregnant woman to miscarry, and forced others to drink from open sewers. Soldiers tortured a 65-year-old blind man until he vomited blood. He died the next day.

The soldiers returned before dawn on April 22. They ransacked homes and shot people in the streets, and when the residents fled for the water, other soldiers fired at them from boats they had commandeered. Bodies washed ashore for days; some were never found. The number of victims ranges from two dozen to 30. Hundreds more fled the town, fearing further reprisals.” (St Petersburg Times, Florida, 1 September 2002)

During the military government (1991-1994), FRAPH was (unofficially) under the jurisdiction of the Armed Forces, taking orders from Commander in Chief General Raoul Cedras. According to a 1996 UN Human Rights Commission report, FRAPH had been supported by the CIA.

Under the military dictatorship, the narcotics trade, was protected by the military Junta, which in turn was supported by the CIA. The 1991 coup leaders including the FRAPH paramilitary commanders were on the CIA payroll. (See Paul DeRienzo, See also see Jim Lobe, IPS, 11 Oct 1996). Emmanuel Constant alias “Toto” confirmed, in this regard, in a CBS “60 Minutes” in 1995, that the CIA paid him about $700 a month and that he created FRAPH, while on the CIA payroll. (See Miami Herald, 1 August 2001). According to Constant, the FRAPH had been formed “with encouragement and financial backing from the U.S. Defense Intelligence Agency and the CIA.” (Miami New Times, 26 February 2004)

The Civilian “Opposition”

The so-called “Democratic Convergence” (DC) is a group of some 200 political organizations, led by former Port-au-Prince mayor Evans Paul. The “Democratic Convergence” (DC) together with “The Group of 184 Civil Society Organizations” (G-184) has formed a so-called “Democratic Platform of Civil Society Organizations and Opposition Political Parties”.

The Group of 184 (G-184), is headed by Andre (Andy) Apaid, a US citizen of Haitian parents, born in the US. (Haiti Progres) Andy Apaid owns Alpha Industries, one of Haiti’s largest cheap labor export assembly lines established during the Duvalier era. His sweatshop factories produce textile products and assemble electronic products for a number of US firms including Sperry/Unisys, IBM, Remington and Honeywell. Apaid is the largest industrial employer in Haiti with a workforce of some 4000 workers. Wages paid in Andy Apaid’s factories are as low as 68 cents a day. (Miami Times, 26 Feb 2004). The current minimum wage is of the order of $1.50 a day:

“The U.S.-based National Labor Committee, which first revealed the Kathie Lee Gifford sweat shop scandal, reported several years ago that Apaid’s factories in Haiti’s free trade zone often pay below the minimum wage and that his employees are forced to work 78-hour weeks.” (Daily News, New York, 24 Feb 2004)

Apaid was a firm supporter of the 1991 military coup. Both the Convergence démocratique and the G-184 have links to the FLRN (former FRAPH death squadrons) headed by Guy Philippe. The FLRN is also known to receive funding from the Haitian business community.

In other words, there is no watertight division between the civilian opposition, which claims to be non-violent and the FLRN paramilitary. The FLRN is collaborating with the so-called “Democratic Platform.”

The Role of the National Endowment for Democracy (NED)

In Haiti, this “civil society opposition” is bankrolled by the National Endowment for Democracy which works hand in glove with the CIA. The Democratic Platform is supported by the International Republican Institute (IRI), which is an arm of the National Endowment for Democracy (NED). Senator John McCain is Chairman of IRI’s Board of Directors. (See Laura Flynn, Pierre Labossière and Robert Roth, Hidden from the Headlines: The U.S. War Against Haiti, California-based Haiti Action Committee (HAC)).

G-184 leader Andy Apaid was in liaison with Secretary of State Colin Powell in the days prior to the kidnapping and deportation of President Aristide by US forces on February 29. His umbrella organization of elite business organizations and religious NGOs, which is also supported by the International Republican Institute (IRI), receives sizable amounts of money from the European Union. (See this).

It is worth recalling that the NED, (which overseas the IRI) although not formally part of the CIA, performs an important intelligence function within the arena of civilian political parties and NGOs. It was created in 1983, when the CIA was being accused of covertly bribing politicians and setting up phony civil society front organizations. According to Allen Weinstein, who was responsible for setting up the NED during the Reagan Administration: “A lot of what we do today was done covertly 25 years ago by the CIA.” (‘Washington Post’, Sept. 21, 1991).

The NED channels congressional funds to the four institutes: The International Republican Institute (IRI), the National Democratic Institute for International Affairs (NDI), the Center for International Private Enterprise (CIPE), and the American Center for International Labor Solidarity (ACILS). These organizations are said to be “uniquely qualified to provide technical assistance to aspiring democrats worldwide.” See IRI)

In other words, there is a division of tasks between the CIA and the NED. While the CIA provides covert support to armed paramilitary rebel groups and death squadrons, the NED and its four constituent organizations finance “civilian” political parties and non governmental organizations with a view to instating American “democracy” around the World.

The NED constitutes, so to speak, the CIA’s “civilian arm”. CIA-NED interventions in different part of the World are characterized by a consistent pattern, which is applied in numerous countries.

The NED provided funds to the “civil society” organizations in Venezuela, which initiated an attempted coup against President Hugo Chavez. In Venezuela it was the “Democratic Coordination”, which was the recipient of NED support; in Haiti it is the “Democratic Convergence” and G-184.

Similarly, in former Yugoslavia, the CIA channeled support to the Kosovo Liberation Army (KLA) (since 1995), a paramilitary group involved in terrorist attacks on the Yugoslav police and military. Meanwhile, the NED through the “Center for International Private Enterprise” (CIPE) was backing the DOS opposition coalition in Serbia and Montenegro. More specifically, NED was financing the G-17, an opposition group of economists responsible for formulating (in liaison with the IMF) the DOS coalition’s “free market” reform platform in the 2000 presidential election, which led to the downfall of Slobodan Milosevic.

The IMF’s Bitter “Economic Medicine”

The IMF and the World Bank are key players in the process of economic and political destabilization. While carried out under the auspices of an intergovernmental body, the IMF reforms tend to support US strategic and foreign policy objectives.

Based on the so-called “Washington consensus”, IMF austerity and restructuring measures through their devastating impacts, often contribute to triggering social and ethnic strife. IMF reforms have often precipitated the downfall of elected governments. In extreme cases of economic and social dislocation, the IMF’s bitter economic medicine has contributed to the destabilization of entire countries, as occurred in Somalia, Rwanda and Yugoslavia. (See Michel Chossudovsky, The globalization of Poverty and the New World Order, Second Edition, 2003)

The IMF program is a consistent instrument of economic dislocation. The IMF’s reforms contribute to reshaping and downsizing State institutions through drastic austerity measures. The latter are implemented alongside other forms of intervention and political interference, including CIA covert activities in support of rebel paramilitary groups and opposition political parties.

Moreover, so-called “Emergency Recovery” and “Post-conflict” reforms are often introduced under IMF guidance, in the wake of a civil war, a regime change or “a national emergency”.

In Haiti, the IMF sponsored “free market” reforms have been carried out consistently since the Duvalier era. They have been applied in several stages since the first election of president Aristide in 1990.

The 1991 military coup, which took place 8 months following Jean Bertrand Aristide’s accession to the presidency, was in part intended to reverse the Aristide government’s progressive reforms and reinstate the neoliberal policy agenda of the Duvalier era.

A former World Bank official Mr. Marc Bazin was appointed Prime minister by the Military Junta in June 1992. In fact, it was the US State Department which sought his appointment.

Bazin had a track record of working for the “Washington consensus.” In 1983, he had been appointed Finance Minister under the Duvalier regime, In fact he had been recommended to the Finance portfolio by the IMF: “President-for-Life Jean-Claude Duvalier had agreed to the appointment of an IMF nominee, former World Bank official Marc Bazin, as Minister of Finance”. (Mining Annual Review, June, 1983). Bazin, who was considered Washington’s “favorite”, later ran against Aristide in the 1990 presidential elections.

Bazin, was called in by the Military Junta in 1992 to form a so-called “consensus government”. It is worth noting that it was precisely during Bazin’s term in office as Prime Minister that the political massacres and extra judicial killings by the CIA supported FRAPH death squadrons were unleashed, leading to the killing of more than 4000 civilians. Some 300,000 people became internal refugees, “thousands more fled across the border to the Dominican Republic, and more than 60,000 took to the high seas” (Statement of Dina Paul Parks, Executive Director, National Coalition for Haitian Rights, Committee on Senate Judiciary, US Senate, Washington DC, 1 October 2002). Meanwhile, the CIA had launched a smear campaign representing Aristide as “mentally unstable” (Boston Globe, 21 Sept 1994).

The 1994 US Military Intervention

Following three years of military rule, the US intervened in 1994, sending in 20,000 occupation troops and “peace-keepers” to Haiti. The US military intervention was not intended to restore democracy. Quite the contrary: it was carried out to prevent a popular insurrection against the military Junta and its neoliberal cohorts.

In other words, the US military occupation was implemented to ensure political continuity.

While the members of the military Junta were sent into exile, the return to constitutional government required compliance to IMF diktats, thereby foreclosing the possibility of a progressive “alternative” to the neoliberal agenda. Moreover, US troops remained in the country until 1999. The Haitian armed forces were disbanded and the US State Department hired a mercenary company DynCorp to provide “technical advice” in restructuring the Haitian National Police (HNP).

“DynCorp has always functioned as a cut-out for Pentagon and CIA covert operations.” (See Jeffrey St. Clair and Alexander Cockburn, Counterpunch, February 27, 2002) Under DynCorp advice in Haiti, former Tonton Macoute and Haitian military officers involved in the 1991 Coup d’Etat were brought into the HNP. (See Ken Silverstein, Privatizing War, The Nation, July 28, 1997)

In October 1994, Aristide returned from exile and reintegrated the presidency until the end of his mandate in 1996. “Free market” reformers were brought into his Cabinet. A new wave of deadly macro-economic policies was adopted under a so-called Emergency Economic Recovery Plan (EERP) “that sought to achieve rapid macroeconomic stabilization, restore public administration, and attend to the most pressing needs.” (See IMF Approves Three-Year ESAF Loan for Haiti, Washington, 1996).

The restoration of Constitutional government had been negotiated behind closed doors with Haiti’s external creditors. Prior to Aristide’s reinstatement as the country’s president, the new government was obliged to clear the country’s debt arrears with its external creditors. In fact the new loans provided by the World Bank, the Inter-American Development Bank (IDB), and the IMF were used to meet Haiti’s obligations with international creditors. Fresh money was used to pay back old debt leading to a spiraling external debt.

Broadly coinciding with the military government, Gross Domestic Product (GDP) declined by 30 percent (1992-1994). With a per capita income of $250 per annum, Haiti is the poorest country in the Western hemisphere and among the poorest in the world. (see World Bank, Haiti: The Challenges of Poverty Reduction, Washington, August 1998).

The World Bank estimates unemployment to be of the order of 60 percent. (A 2000 US Congressional Report estimates it to be as high as 80 percent. See US House of Representatives, Criminal Justice, Drug Policy and Human Resources Subcommittee, FDHC Transcripts, 12 April 2000).

In the wake of three years of military rule and economic decline, there was no “Economic Emergency Recovery” as envisaged under the IMF loan agreement. In fact quite the opposite: The IMF imposed “stabilization” under the “Recovery” program required further budget cuts in almost non-existent social sector programs. A civil service reform program was launched, which consisted in reducing the size of the civil service and the firing of “surplus” State employees. The IMF-World Bank package was in part instrumental in the paralysis of public services, leading to the eventual demise of the entire State system. In a country where health and educational services were virtually nonexistent, the IMF had demanded the lay off of “surplus” teachers and health workers with a view to meeting its target for the budget deficit.

Washington’s foreign policy initiatives were coordinated with the application of the IMF’s deadly economic medicine. The country had been literally pushed to the brink of economic and social disaster.

The Fate of Haitian Agriculture

More than 75 percent of the Haitian population is engaged in agriculture, producing both food crops for the domestic market as well a number of cash crops for export. Already during the Duvalier era, the peasant economy had been undermined. With the adoption of the IMF-World Bank sponsored trade reforms, the agricultural system, which previously produced food for the local market, had been destabilized. With the lifting of trade barriers, the local market was opened up to the dumping of US agricultural surpluses including rice, sugar and corn, leading to the destruction of the entire peasant economy. Gonaives, which used to be Haiti’s rice basket region, with extensive paddy fields had been precipitated into bankruptcy:

“By the end of the 1990s Haiti’s local rice production had been reduced by half and rice imports from the US accounted for over half of local rice sales. The local farming population was devastated, and the price of rice rose drastically ” ( See Rob Lyon, Haiti-There is no solution under Capitalism! Socialist Appeal, 24 Feb. 2004).

In matter of a few years, Haiti, a small impoverished country in the Caribbean, had become the World’s fourth largest importer of American rice after Japan, Mexico and Canada.

The Second Wave of IMF Reforms

The presidential elections were scheduled for November 23, 2000. The Clinton Administration had put an embargo on development aid to Haiti in 2000. Barely two weeks prior to the elections, the outgoing administration signed a Letter of Intent with the IMF. Perfect timing: the agreement with the IMF virtually foreclosed from the outset any departure from the neoliberal agenda.

The Minister of Finance had sent the amended budget to the Parliament on December 14th. Donor support was conditional upon its rubber stamp approval by the Legislature. While Aristide had promised to increase the minimum wage, embark on school construction and literacy programs, the hands of the new government were tied. All major decisions regarding the State budget, the management of the public sector, public investment, privatization, trade and monetary policy had already been taken. They were part of the agreement reached with the IMF on November 6, 2000.

In 2003, the IMF imposed the application of a so-called “flexible price system in fuel”, which immediately triggered an inflationary spiral. The currency was devalued. Petroleum prices increased by about 130 percent in January-February 2003, which served to increase popular resentment against the Aristide government, which had supported the implementation of the IMF economic reforms.

The hike in fuel prices contributed to a 40 percent increase in consumer prices (CPI) in 2002-2003 (See Haiti—Letter of Intent, Memorandum of Economic and Financial Policies, and Technical Memorandum of Understanding, Port-au-Prince, Haiti June 10, 2003). In turn, the IMF had demanded, despite the dramatic increase in the cost of living, a freeze on wages as a means to “controlling inflationary pressures.” The IMF had in fact pressured the government to lower public sector salaries (including those paid to teachers and health workers). The IMF had also demanded the phasing out of the statutory minimum wage of approximately 25 cents an hour. “Labour market flexibility”, meaning wages paid below the statutory minimum wage would, according to the IMF, contribute to attracting foreign investors. The daily minimum wage was $3.00 in 1994, declining to about $1.50- 1.75 (depending on the gourde-dollar exchange rate) in 2004.

In an utterly twisted logic, Haiti’s abysmally low wages, which have been part of the IMF-World Bank “cheap labor” policy framework since the 1980s, are viewed as a means to improving the standard of living. In other words, sweatshop conditions in the assembly industries (in a totally unregulated labor market) and forced labor conditions in Haiti’s agricultural plantations are considered by the IMF as a key to achieving economic prosperity, because they “attract foreign investment.”

The country was in the straightjacket of a spiraling external debt. In a bitter irony, the IMF-World Bank sponsored austerity measures in the social sectors were imposed in a country which has 1,2 medical doctors for 10,000 inhabitants and where the large majority of the population is illiterate. State social services, which were virtually nonexistent during the Duvalier period, have collapsed.

The result of IMF ministrations was a further collapse in purchasing power, which had also affected middle income groups. Meanwhile, interest rates had skyrocketed. In the Northern and Eastern parts of the country, the hikes in fuel prices had led to a virtual paralysis of transportation and public services including water and electricity.

While a humanitarian catastrophe is looming, the collapse of the economy spearheaded by the IMF, had served to boost the popularity of the Democratic Platform, which had accused Aristide of “economic mismanagement.” Needless to say, the leaders of the Democratic Platform including Andy Apaid –who actually owns the sweatshops– are the main protagonists of the low wage economy.

Applying the Kosovo Model

In February 2003, Washington announced the appointment of James Foley as Ambassador to Haiti. Foley had been a State Department spokesman under the Clinton administration during the war on Kosovo. He previously held a position at NATO headquarters in Brussels. Foley had been sent to Port au Prince in advance of the CIA sponsored operation. He was transferred to Port au Prince in September 2003, from a prestige diplomatic position in Geneva, where he was Deputy Head of Mission to the UN European office.

It is worth recalling Ambassador Foley’s involvement in support of the Kosovo Liberation Army (KLA) in 1999.

Amply documented, the Kosovo Liberation Army (KLA) was financed by drug money and supported by the CIA. (See Michel Chossudovsky, Kosovo Freedom Fighters Financed by Organized Crime, Covert Action Quarterly, 1999)

The KLA had been involved in similar targeted political assassinations and killings of civilians, in the months leading up to the 1999 NATO invasion as well as in its aftermath. Following the NATO led invasion and occupation of Kosovo, the KLA was transformed into the Kosovo Protection Force (KPF) under UN auspices. Rather than being disarmed to prevent the massacres of civilians, a terrorist organization with links to organized crime and the Balkans drug trade, was granted a legitimate political status.

At the time of the Kosovo war, the current ambassador to Haiti James Foley was in charge of State Department briefings, working closely with his NATO counterpart in Brussels, Jamie Shea. Barely two months before the onslaught of the NATO led war on 24 March 1999, James Foley had called for the “transformation” of the KLA into a respectable political organization:

“We want to develop a good relationship with them [the KLA] as they transform themselves into a politically-oriented organization,’ ..`[W]e believe that we have a lot of advice and a lot of help that we can provide to them if they become precisely the kind of political actor we would like to see them become… “If we can help them and they want us to help them in that effort of transformation, I think it’s nothing that anybody can argue with..’ (quoted in the New York Times, 2 February 1999)

In the wake of the invasion “a self-proclaimed Kosovar administration was set up composed of the KLA and the Democratic Union Movement (LBD), a coalition of five opposition parties opposed to Rugova’s Democratic League (LDK). In addition to the position of prime minister, the KLA controlled the ministries of finance, public order and defense.” (Michel Chossudovsky, NATO’s War of Aggression against Yugoslavia, 1999)

The US State Department’s position as conveyed in Foley’s statement was that the KLA would “not be allowed to continue as a military force but would have the chance to move forward in their quest for self government under a ‘different context'” meaning the inauguration of a de facto “narco-democracy” under NATO protection. (Ibid).

With regard to the drug trade, Kosovo and Albania occupy a similar position to that of Haiti: they constitute “a hub” in the transit (transshipment) of narcotics from the Golden Crescent, through Iran and Turkey into Western Europe. While supported by the CIA, Germany’s Bundes Nachrichten Dienst (BND) and NATO, the KLA has links to the Albanian Mafia and criminal syndicates involved in the narcotics trade. (See Michel Chossudovsky, Kosovo Freedom Fighters Financed by Organized Crime, Covert Action Quarterly, 1999)

Is this the model for Haiti, as formulated in 1999 by the current US Ambassador to Haiti James Foley?

For the CIA and the State Department the FLRN and Guy Philippe are to Haiti what the KLA and Hashim Thaci are to Kosovo.

In other words, Washington’s design is “regime change”: topple the Lavalas administration and install a compliant US puppet regime, integrated by the Democratic Platform and the self-proclaimed Front pour la libération et la reconstruction nationale (FLRN), whose leaders are former FRAPH and Tonton Macoute terrorists. The latter are slated to integrate a “national unity government” alongside the leaders of the Democratic Convergence and The Group of 184 Civil Society Organizations led by Andy Apaid. More specifically, the FLRN led by Guy Philippe is slated to rebuild the Haitian Armed forces, which were disbanded in 1995.

What is at stake is an eventual power sharing arrangement between the various Opposition groups and the CIA supported Rebels, which have links to the cocaine transit trade from Colombia via Haiti to Florida. The protection of this trade has a bearing on the formation of a new “narco-government”, which will serve US interests.

A bogus (symbolic) disarmament of the Rebels may be contemplated under international supervision, as occurred with the KLA in Kosovo in 2000. The “former terrorists” could then be integrated into the civilian police as well as into the task of “rebuilding” the Haitian Armed forces under US supervision.

What this scenario suggests, is that the Duvalier-era terrorist structures have been restored. A program of civilian killings and political assassinations directed against Lavalas supporter is in fact already underway.

In other words, if Washington were really motivated by humanitarian considerations, why then is it supporting and financing the FRAPH death squadrons? Its objective is not to prevent the massacre of civilians. Modeled on previous CIA led operations (e.g. Guatemala, Indonesia, El Salvador), the FLRN death squadrons have been set loose and are involved in targeted political assassinations of Aristide supporters.

The Narcotics Transshipment Trade

While the real economy had been driven into bankruptcy under the brunt of the IMF reforms, the narcotics transshipment trade continues to flourish. According to the US Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), Haiti remains “the major drug trans-shipment country for the entire Caribbean region, funneling huge shipments of cocaine from Colombia to the United States.” (See US House of Representatives, Criminal Justice, Drug Policy and Human Resources Subcommittee, FDHC Transcripts, 12 April 2000).

It is estimated that Haiti is now responsible for 14 percent of all the cocaine entering the United States, representing billions of dollars of revenue for organized crime and US financial institutions, which launder vast amounts of dirty money. The global trade in narcotics is estimated to be of the order of 500 billion dollars.

Much of this transshipment trade goes directly to Miami, which also constitutes a haven for the recycling of dirty money into bona fide investments, e.g. in real estate and other related activities.

The evidence confirms that the CIA was protecting this trade during the Duvalier era as well as during the military dictatorship (1991-1994). In 1987, Senator John Kerry as Chairman of the Subcommittee on Narcotics, Terrorism and International Operations of the Senate Foreign Affairs Committee was entrusted with a major investigation, which focused on the links between the CIA and the drug trade, including the laundering of drug money to finance armed insurgencies. “The Kerry Report” published in 1989, while centering its attention on the financing of the Nicaraguan Contra, also included a section on Haiti:

“Kerry had developed detailed information on drug trafficking by Haiti’s military rulers that led to the indictment in Miami in 1988, of Lt. Col. Jean Paul. The indictment was a major embarrassment to the Haitian military, especially since Paul defiantly refused to surrender to U.S. authorities.. In November 1989, Col. Paul was found dead after he consumed a traditional Haitian good will gift—a bowel of pumpkin soup…

The U.S. senate also heard testimony in 1988 that then interior minister, Gen. Williams Regala, and his DEA liaison officer, protected and supervised cocaine shipments. The testimony also charged the then Haitian military commander Gen. Henry Namphy with accepting bribes from Colombian traffickers in return for landing rights in the mid 1980’s.

It was in 1989 that yet another military coup brought Lt. Gen. Prosper Avril to power… According to a witness before Senator John Kerry’s subcommittee, Avril is in fact a major player in Haiti’s role as a transit point in the cocaine trade.” ( Paul DeRienzo, Haiti’s Nightmare: The Cocaine Coup & The CIA Connection, Spring 199)

Jack Blum, who was Kerry’s Special Counsel, points to the complicity of US officials in a 1996 statement to the US Senate Select Committee on Intelligence on Drug Trafficking and the Contra War:

“…In Haiti … intelligence “sources” of ours in the Haitian military had turned their facilities over to the drug cartels. Instead of putting pressure on the rotten leadership of the military, we defended them. We held our noses and looked the other way as they and their criminal friends in the United States distributed cocaine in Miami, Philadelphia and New, York.” (See this)

Haiti not only remains at the hub of the transshipment cocaine trade, the latter has grown markedly since the 1980s. The current crisis bears a relationship to Haiti’s role in the drug trade. Washington wants a compliant Haitian government which will protect the drug transshipment routes, out of Colombia through Haiti and into Florida.

The inflow of narco-dollars –which remains the major source of the country’s foreign exchange earnings– are used to service Haiti’s spiraling external debt, thereby also serving the interests of the external creditors.

In this regard, the liberalization of the foreign-exchange market imposed by the IMF has provided (despite the authorities pro forma commitment to combating the drug trade) a convenient avenue for the laundering of narco-dollars in the domestic banking system. The inflow of narco-dollars alongside bona fide “remittances” from Haitians living abroad, are deposited in the commercial banking system and exchanged into local currency. The foreign exchange proceeds of these inflows can then be recycled towards the Treasury where they are used to meet debt servicing obligations.

Haiti, however, reaps a very small percentage of the total foreign exchange proceeds of this lucrative contraband. Most of the revenue resulting from the cocaine transshipment trade accrues to criminal intermediaries in the wholesale and retail narcotics trade, to the intelligence agencies which protect the drug trade as well as to the financial and banking institutions where the proceeds of this criminal activity are laundered.

The narco-dollars are also channeled into “private banking” accounts in numerous offshore banking havens. (These havens are controlled by the large Western banks and financial institutions). Drug money is also invested in a number of financial instruments including hedge funds and stock market transactions. The major Wall Street and European banks and stock brokerage firms launder billions of dollars resulting from the trade in narcotics.

Moreover, the expansion of the dollar denominated money supply by the Federal Reserve System , including the printing of billions of dollars of US dollar notes for the purposes of narco-transactions constitutes profit for the Federal Reserve and its constituent private banking institutions of which the most important is the New York Federal Reserve Bank. See (Jeffrey Steinberg, Dope, Inc. Is $600 Billion and Growing, Executive Intelligence Review, 14 Dec 2001)

In other words, the Wall Street financial establishment, which plays a behind the scenes role in the formulation of US foreign policy, has a vested interest in retaining the Haiti transshipment trade, while installing a reliable “narco-democracy” in Port-au-Prince, which will effectively protect the transshipment routes.

It should be noted that since the advent of the Euro as a global currency, a significant share of the narcotics trade is now conducted in Euro rather than US dollars. In other words, the Euro and the dollar are competing narco-currencies.

The Latin American cocaine trade –including the transshipment trade through Haiti– is largely conducted in US dollars. This shift out of dollar denominated narco-transactions, which undermines the hegemony of the US dollar as a global currency, largely pertains to the Middle East, Central Asian and the Southern European drug routes.

Media Manipulation

In the weeks leading up to the Coup d’Etat, the media has largely focused its attention on the pro-Aristide “armed gangs” and “thugs”, without providing an understanding of the role of the FLRN Rebels.

Deafening silence: not a word was mentioned in official statements and UN resolutions regarding the nature of the FLRN. This should come as no surprise: the US Ambassador to the UN (the man who sits on the UN Security Council) John Negroponte. played a key role in the CIA supported Honduran death squadrons in the 1980s when he was US ambassador to Honduras. (See San Francisco Examiner, 20 Oct 2001)

The FLRN rebels are extremely well equipped and trained forces. The Haitian people know who they are. They are Tonton Macoute of the Duvalier era and former FRAPH assassins.

The Western media is mute on the issue, blaming the violence on President Aristide. When it acknowledges that the Liberation Army is composed of death squadrons, it fails to examine the broader implications of its statements and that these death squadrons are a creation of the CIA and the Defense Intelligence Agency.

The New York Times has acknowledged that the “non violent” civil society opposition is in fact collaborating with the death squadrons, “accused of killing thousands”, but all this is described as “accidental”. No historical understanding is provided. Who are these death squadron leaders? All we are told is that they have established an “alliance” with the “non-violent” good guys who belong to the “political opposition”. And it is all for a good and worthy cause, which is to remove the elected president and “restore democracy”:

“As Haiti’s crisis lurches toward civil war, a tangled web of alliances, some of them accidental, has emerged. It has linked the interests of a political opposition movement that has embraced nonviolence to a group of insurgents that includes a former leader of death squads accused of killing thousands, a former police chief accused of plotting a coup and a ruthless gang once aligned with Mr. Aristide that has now turned against him. Given their varied origins, those arrayed against Mr. Aristide are hardly unified, though they all share an ardent wish to see him removed from power.” (New York Times, 26 Feb 2004)

There is nothing spontaneous or “accidental” in the rebel attacks or in the “alliance” between the leader of the death squadrons Guy Philippe and Andy Apaid, owner of the largest industrial sweatshop in Haiti and leader of the G-184.

The armed rebellion was part of a carefully planned military-intelligence operation. The Armed Forces of the Dominican Republic had detected guerrilla training camps inside the Dominican Republic on the Northeast Haitian-Dominican border. (El ejército dominicano informó a Aristide sobre los entrenamientos rebeldes en la frontera, El Caribe, 27 Feb. 2004)

Both the armed rebels and their civilian “non-violent” counterparts were involved in the plot to unseat the president. G-184 leader Andre Apaid was in touch with Colin Powell in the weeks leading up to the overthrow of Aristide; Guy Philippe and “Toto” Emmanuel Constant have links to the CIA; there are indications that Rebel Commander Guy Philippe and the political leader of the Revolutionary Artibonite Resistance Front Winter Etienne were in liaison with US officials. (See BBC, 27 Feb 2004).

While the US had repeatedly stated that it will uphold Constitutional government, the replacement of Aristide by a more compliant individual had always been part of the Bush Administration’s agenda.

On Feb 20, US Ambassador James Foley called in a team of four military experts from the U.S. Southern Command, based in Miami. Officially their mandate was “to assess threats to the embassy and its personnel.” (Seattle Times, 20 Feb 2004). US Special Forces are already in the country. Washington had announced that three US naval vessels “have been put on standby to go to Haiti as a precautionary measure”. The Saipan is equipped with Vertical takeoff Harrier fighters and attack helicopters. The other two vessels are the Oak Hill and Trenton. Some 2,200 U.S. Marines from the 24th Marine Expeditionary Unit, at Camp Lejeune, N.C. could be deployed to Haiti at short notice, according to Washington.

With the departure of President Aristide, Washington, however, has no intention of disarming its proxy rebel paramilitary army, which is now slated to play a role in the “transition”. In other words, the Bush administration will not act to prevent the occurrence of killings and political assassinations of Lavalas and Aristide supporters in the wake of the president’s kidnapping and deportation.

Needless to say, the Western media has not in the least analyzed the historical background of the Haitian crisis. The role played by the CIA has not been mentioned. The so-called “international community”, which claims to be committed to governance and democracy, has turned a blind eye to the killings of civilians by a US sponsored paramilitary army. The “rebel leaders”, who were commanders in the FRAPH death squadrons in the 1990s, are now being upheld by the US media as bona fide opposition spokesmen. Meanwhile, the legitimacy of the former elected president is questioned because he is said to be responsible for “a worsening economic and social situation.”

The worsening economic and social situation is largely attributable to the devastating economic reforms imposed by the IMF since the 1980s. The restoration of Constitutional government in 1994 was conditional upon the acceptance of the IMF’s deadly economic therapy, which in turn foreclosed the possibility of a meaningful democracy. High ranking government officials respectively within the Andre Preval and Jean Bertrand Aristide governments were indeed compliant with IMF diktats. Despite this compliance, Aristide had been “blacklisted” and demonized by Washington.

The Militarization of the Caribbean Basin

Washington seeks to reinstate Haiti as a full-fledged US colony, with all the appearances of a functioning democracy. The objective is to impose a puppet regime in Port-au-Prince and establish a permanent US military presence in Haiti.

The US Administration ultimately seeks to militarize the Caribbean basin.

The island of Hispaniola is a gateway to the Caribbean basin, strategically located between Cuba to the North West and Venezuela to the South. The militarization of the island, with the establishment of US military bases, is not only intended to put political pressure on Cuba and Venezuela, it is also geared towards the protection of the multibillion dollar narcotics transshipment trade through Haiti, from production sites in Colombia, Peru and Bolivia.

The militarisation of the Caribbean basin is, in some regards, similar to that imposed by Washington on the Andean Region of South America under “Plan Colombia’, renamed “The Andean Initiative”. The latter constitutes the basis for the militarisation of oil and gas wells, as well as pipeline routes and transportation corridors. It also protects the narcotics trade.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons above or below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.


The Globalization of War: America’s “Long War” against Humanity

Michel Chossudovsky

The “globalization of war” is a hegemonic project. Major military and covert intelligence operations are being undertaken simultaneously in the Middle East, Eastern Europe, sub-Saharan Africa, Central Asia and the Far East.

The U.S. military agenda combines both major theater operations as well as covert actions geared towards destabilizing sovereign states.

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-6-0
Year: 2015
Pages: 240 Pages

List Price: $22.95

Special Price (PDF): $9.40

Click here to order.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on US Sponsored Coup d’État: The Destabilization of Haiti
  • Tags: ,

Palestina en el corazón de las tinieblas

November 19th, 2023 by Guadi Calvo

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

LISTEN TO THE SHOW


Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

It’s been called the end of innocence. The first of the great assassinations of the nineteen sixties. The first emergence of a national tragedy in real time on the media airwaves. The end of Camelot.

The death of the 35th president of the United States in a motorcade travelling through Dallas marked the end of trust in the U.S. government, and the dawn of what came to be known as “Conspiracy Theories” revolving around seemingly impossible events. Did someone really kill our beloved president? How can that be?

But as listeners to this program, and patrons of Global Research know all too well, we cannot exclude criminal practices from within the ranks of governments and government servants acting nominally in our own interests.

To quote the simple statement from Walt Kelly’s cartoon:

“We have met the enemy and he is us.” [1]

 

The 60th anniversary of the death of Kennedy is approaching in a few days. There is a major conference taking place in Dallas put on by The JFK Historical Group in collaboration with JFK Conferences, LLC, and Project JFK. They are looking to re-examine the evidence and decades of research “with fresh eyes and New Technology.” [2]

Many individuals will no doubt similarly mark the profound moment of sadness, and a resolve to get at the truth of once and for all of what happened to the man, and to America in the interests of justice and clarity. Radio show hosts like John Young and Canadian Brent Holland are two examples of researchers active in radio putting the question “Who killed Kennedy?” on the airwaves.

And the Global Research News Hour is no exception!

We have certainly had remarkable individual researchers sharing the results of their research. But as “JFK DAY” approaches in this critical year, the show plans to investigate the death from the standpoint of the present. And from vantage points not yet explored in past episodes.

Our first guest, Jeremy Kuzmarov of Covert Action Magazine, who plans to bring out a special article on JFK in coming days, talks about the recent refusal of both Presidents Trump and Biden to fully release all documents relating to the JFK assassination since 2017 according to the 1992 President John F. Kennedy Records Collection Act. He also explores other more recent revelations about circumstances surrounding Kennedy’s death. And he dovetails into a discussion of so-called “red herrings” pursued by some researchers that led them away from more solid evidentiary ground.

In our second half hour, we speak with Phillip F. Nelson. He is also a JFK assassination writer who wrote the extra-ordinary 2010 book: LBJ: The Mastermind of the JFK Assassination. Nelson spends the bulk of the interview detailing the man hidden in plain site as having the motive to ascend to power working in collaboration with “Deep State” forces to get the deed done, with virtually no one, including JFK director Oliver Stone suspecting his involvement! He also talks about the direction he thinks a new generation of researchers and activists should take to reveal the aspects of the case that should be in the foreground moving forward.

Jeremy Kuzmarov is Managing Editor of CovertAction .Magazine. He is the author of four books on U.S. foreign policy, including Obama’s Unending Wars (Clarity Press, 2019) and The Russians Are Coming, Again, with John Marciano (Monthly Review Press, 2018). He also authored the December 2022 article: Biden Protects CIA By Withholding 5,000 Critical Documents on JFK Assassination.

Phillip F. Nelson is the author of LBJ: The Mastermind of the JFK Assassination; Remember the Liberty! Almost Sunk by Treason on the High Seas; and Who Really Killed Martin Luther King Jr.?: The Case Against Lyndon B. Johnson and J. Edgar Hoover, among other books. After college, a stint in the Peace Corps, and a corporate career, he began an intensive study of the JFK assassination, Johnson’s presidency, and his continuing criminal conduct. Phillip resides Greenville, South Carolina and can be reached at [email protected].

(Global Research News Hour Episode 409)

LISTEN TO THE SHOW


Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

The Global Research News Hour airs every Friday at 1pm CT on CKUW 95.9FM out of the University of Winnipeg. The programme is also podcast at globalresearch.ca .

Other stations airing the show:

CIXX 106.9 FM, broadcasting from Fanshawe College in London, Ontario. It airs Sundays at 6am.

WZBC 90.3 FM in Newton Massachusetts is Boston College Radio and broadcasts to the greater Boston area. The Global Research News Hour airs during Truth and Justice Radio which starts Sunday at 6am.

Campus and community radio CFMH 107.3fm in  Saint John, N.B. airs the Global Research News Hour Fridays at 7pm.

CJMP 90.1 FM, Powell River Community Radio, airs the Global Research News Hour every Saturday at 8am. 

Caper Radio CJBU 107.3FM in Sydney, Cape Breton, Nova Scotia airs the Global Research News Hour starting Wednesday afternoon from 3-4pm.

Cowichan Valley Community Radio CICV 98.7 FM serving the Cowichan Lake area of Vancouver Island, BC airs the program Thursdays at 9am pacific time.

Notes:

  1. Walt Kelly (April 22, 1971), Pogo, ink and pencil on paper, Pogo Collection, Publisher’s Hall Syndicate inc.
  2. https://projectjfk.com/events

Palestina y Medio Oriente: el horror, el horror

November 18th, 2023 by Chris Hedges

Moon Landing 2023 – Science or Science Fiction?

November 18th, 2023 by Mark Keenan

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

 

 

This article is largely based on my book entitled Moon Landing 2023 – Science or Science-fiction?

Given that a 2019 poll, conducted by YouGov, found that 29 percent of respondents 50 years old or younger expressed some belief that the U.S. government “faked the 1969 Apollo moon landing,”, [1] this article will examine the evidence for the claimed ISRO moon landing in 2023; and the ongoing controversy surrounding NASA’s Apollo moon landings. Then we will dive a little deeper into the matrix of deception and illusion; and what may lie behind it. 

The India Space Research Organisation (ISRO) Claim to Have Landed on the Moon

The India Space Research Organisation (ISRO) informed the world that their Chandrayaan Mission-3 spacecraft landed on the moon on August 23rd 2023, as detailed on the organisation’s website. We can view the video footage that ISRO has released as purported evidence of this historical ‘moon landing’. The following is a video posted by the UK’s Guardian newspaper:

According to Jim Bridenstine, who led NASA as administrator from 2018 to 2021, “They should feel very proud of this accomplishment”[2]. It is also remarkable that this incredible achievement appears to have been achieved on a shoestring budget. According to CNBC:

“In 2020, the Indian Space Research Organization (ISRO) estimated the Chandrayaan-3 mission would cost about $75 million…But that rivals the lowest-cost lunar lander missions in development in the U.S. NASA in recent years turned to having companies compete for fixed-price contracts to build moon landers, under a program it calls Commercial Lunar Payload Services. The CLPS program has a maximum budget of $2.6 billion over 10 years, with 14 companies vying for mission contracts typically worth upwards of $70 million each. Overall, NASA’s annual budget dwarfs that of its Indian counterpart. In 2023, the U.S. agency received $25.4 billion in funding, compared to the ISRO’s budget of about $1.6 billion.”[3]

Considering that a Hollywood movie could cost twice that to produce it certainly sounds like an impresssive achievement for just $75 million. Here in Ireland, $75 million would build about 10 Km of motorway,[4]; and I note the 2016 movie Star Trek Beyond  had a budget of $185 million – so to go to the moon and back for just $75 million odd is ‘beyond’ impressive. It seems to be cheaper to go to the moon that to build 10 km of motorway!

Let us consider what ISRO had to achieve with just $75 million. It is claimed by space agencies and modern science that the moon is around 240,000 miles away from the Earth. So, the ISRO spacecraft had to travel 240,000 miles to the moon and then achieve lunar orbit. The spacecraft then had to ‘descend’ from orbit onto the moon surface (apparently a distance of around 60 miles or more). Upon landing, we are told, the spacecraft opened up and a rover vehicle called ‘Pragyan’ (CGI picture released by ISRO below) rolled out onto the moon, in a purported vacuum at 1/6 Earth gravity. We are told the vehicle and rover stayed on the moon for two weeks to conduct various scientific experiments. All this sounds truly incredible or, perhaps… it is too incredible to be true. 

ISRO sources said:

“Chandrayaan-3 will perform a raft of experiments, including a spectrometer analysis of the mineral and chemical composition of the Moon’s surface, returning valuable data on the properties of lunar soil and rocks. It hopes to confirm the presence of water ice in the region, which could supply oxygen, fuel, and drinking water for future space exploration.”[5]

Meanwhile, we were told, ISRO ground control on Earth attempted to communicate with the vehicle.  We are told the rover is powered by solar energy – which seems an odd decision given the speculations of space agencies that the moon has a south pole with regions permanently in shadow. Furthermore, according to ISRO the vehicles are subjected to temperatures between minus 156 degrees Celsius at night to plus 121 degrees Celsius during the day, but have been equipped with systems to deal with this massive thermal stress. This is also interesting, considering electronic devices usually have a temperature limit something along the lines of -10 °C to 75 °C while in use.

Video Footage Taken by the Spacecraft While Orbiting the Moon – but this Looks Like CGI

The ISRO website even provides video footage of the spacecraft traveling over the moon’s surface[6]. This should be amazing to watch! Let us take a look here.

Wait! What is this I am watching? This footage looks like computer video game animation from the 1980s! What ‘on Earth’ is going here? The picture below is a screenshot from the ISRO video footage taken from the spacecraft supposedly orbiting the moon – does this image look real to you or does it look like CGI (computer generated imagery)?

Bizarre Simulation Video of the Moon Landing, While ISRO Employees Look On and Cheer Wildly

The two images below are of the yellow ISRO vehicle as displayed on ISRO-released video footage. These images were displayed to the ISRO employees at ground control as the spacecraft ‘descended’ toward the moon surface. The video ISRO provide is clearly CGI animation. Clearly, these videos of ISRO’s yellow-coloured spacecraft were not intended as real actual footage of the spacecraft landing, but as a simulation of what was supposed to be taking place.

Then, as the yellow-coloured spacecraft touched down in the real-time simulation, the ISRO employees watching this simulation in the ISRO command centre on Earth are seen to cheer and clap wildly in the belief that the actual ISRO space vehicle is actually touching down on the surface of the moon.

We are told the lander weighs 1749.86 Kg, including a 26 Kg Rover vehicle, 14 payloads, and the rover consisting of scientific instrumentation designed to measure various aspects of the moon’s surface and subsurface. For example, instruments to measure the thermal properties and the seismic activity of the surface; and an alpha-particle x-ray spectromoter to measure the chemical composition of the surface. 

ISRO Video Footage of the Rover Purportedly Leaving the Spacecraft and Rolling onto the Moon Surface – Sceptical Comments on YouTube

ISRO provided the following video posted here,[7], by the UK’s Guardian newspaper. We are told this is actual real footage of the rover leaving the lander vehicle and travelling on the moon surface. It is little more professional looking, but, in my opinion, it is hazy, and does not look real – it looks like CGI animation or film production. Furthermore, there is nothing in the footage that enables anyone to verify it as being filmed on the moon – there is no point of reference, no view of space, and no view of the Earth from the moon that would indicate it is real.  

Below is a picture of the ISRO Moon Rover claimed to be rolling onto the moon surface. The picture is a screengrab from the above video footage posted by the Guardian newspaper. A question has also been raised as to why, upon close examination, there appears to be no wheel imprints left by the front left wheel on the lunar soil (for example at 0.13 seconds in the above video). 

After landing, ISRO claim the ‘rover’ took the following ‘real’ image of the landing craft.

It appears to me that the above hazy video and the above black and white picture are not proof of anything. Actual real video of the moon planet, or of any foreign planet, would surely be magnificent with detailed views stretching to a distant horizon. Just as there are detailed views of landscapes here on Earth. Instead, we are presented with CGI images, and a black and white picture that looks more like a few yards of barren desert that could just as easily be Nevada or a Hollywood film set. 

Additionally, there are no stars in the background. On platforms, such as YouTube, people are leaving sceptical comments such as the following:

“So far only CGI computer generated images Where are the real images of the Moon? If you compare Indias moon coverage to a football game, 99% of footage released was of spectators, Godi media, ISRO cheering instead of the actual Moon Footage. I want to believe India went to the moon but they are making it very difficult. Looks like another Hollywood 🇺🇲NASA basement production.”

[Aside: Godi media is a pejorative term coined and popularised by ex-NDTV journalist Ravish Kumar for the sensationalist and biased Indian print and TV news media, which supports the currently ruling NDA government.]

The ISRO Picture and Video of Their Purported Moon Landing Is Not Evidence of Anything 

ISRO provide nothing – no visual evidence – no reference point in the picture or brief video that would justify in any shape or form their assertion that they landed a spacecraft on the moon. It appears that nothing we can see here above enables us to verify this moon landing as ‘actually happening’. What we see mainly is a load of well-paid employees celebrating and cheering, whilst watching numbers and animation on a screen that justify in their heads what they believe is happening 240,000 miles away on the moon. Note that in the picture or in the video there is no point of reference, no detailed backdrop video of the Earth, for example. 

Despite the fact that there is no point of reference in the picture or video, most people simply accept the narrative of the ISRO, and the mainstream corporate-owned media. It is unfortunate that many people simply accept these images and videos without question. However, due to decades of analysis of the so-called NASA moon missions a notable percentage of the world population know that the NASA moon landings were faked; and that any claims of a moon landing should be scrutinised. 

The amount of data indicating the NASA moon landings were faked is significant, yet, you are unlikely to find this this data via mega-corporate-owned plaforms, such as google, Facebook, twitter etc., as all the major platforms utilse algorithms to decide what information will be presented to you, and what will not be presented. I also note an article by Professor Michel Chossusdovsky on this subject, which cites a 2010 Google transparency report listing over 151,000 items named for removal from since 2009. He states in the article:

“Google has introduced algorithms intended to downgrade independent and alternative media… Freedom of Expression on internet-based news outlets is being routinely shunted by Google… Google is already helping the government write, and rewrite, history. Here, from its transparency report, are some stats on the amount of information… wiped from the web based on requests by U.S. agencies:… 1,421 requests for “content removal“, Google complied with content removal requests 87% of the time.” – Professor Michel Chossudovsky

As I write these words in 2023, I note that this online knowledge filtration has become very sophisticated and the technologies utilized are known as AI (artificial intelligence). Thus, what has been taking place for decades is a form of mass-hypnosis, manipulation, and indoctrination of the public consciousness. This is, in fact, a central intent of the so-called elites controlling the corporate-media matrix, as detailed for example in my book Transcending the Climate Deception Toward Real Sustainability. 

What? No Pictures of the Earth Allowed? Space Tourists Would Not be Happy!

It appears that even with the $75 million plus funding for this vehicle that ISRO could not afford to put a single camera on board pointed at the Earth to give us some high-quality pictures and video footage of the earth from the moon or from space. The rights to such amazing footage would surely fund the ISRO for years to come. So, we are expected to believe they can put a spectrometer on the moon to test the surface, along with the apparatus for several additional scientific experiments, but they cannot put a single high-quality camera on the vehicle or the rover and point it at the Earth? No, it appears our ‘postcard from the moon’ is to be a hazy picture of the ISRO Moon Rover rolling onto a moon surface that is not dissimilar to a Hollywood film set.

According to the ISRO the spacecraft used a camera and radar to scan the surface for craters to ensure a successful landing. Yet it seems nobody thought it would be a good idea for the camera to take a single picture of the Earth during the landers 14 day stay on the moon. What a pity. Snap-happy tourists planning a futuristic vacation to the moon would not be happy with this no pictures allowed policy!

ISRO then informed us the rover had completed its assignments and was ‘parked’ and set into sleep mode; and that the battery was fully charged and that the solar panel had been oriented to receive light at the next sunrise; and that they were hoping for a successful awakening for the next set of assignments. ISRO then informed us they lost connection with the rover and landing craft and “efforts to establish communication with the lander and rover are underway” (this was the case as of 28 September[8]).

Reality Distinguished from Illusion

ISRO’s ‘moon landing’ has resulted in a spate of videos being posted online ridiculing the project as “a silly charade” and as “another fake moon landing”, for an example[9].

The reality is that, there is way more evidence to support the assertion that man never went to the moon than vice-versa, including the absence of stars in the NASA photos, and no blast crater under the lander module. A simple camera pointed at the earth from the moon would settle the issue. I assert this will never occur – if it does occur it will be more CGI fabrication. In fact, it appears to me that there is no verifiable evidence mankind has ever travelled any significant ‘cosmic’ distance above the Earth.

In my humble analysis, the ISRO landing is not space history being made, it is just another example of the chicanery and trickery of the mega-corporate matrix; and the so-called elite financial network that controls it. As detailed in my previous books, a group of financialists have controlled the mega-corporate, institutional, and media world, since hijacking the money creation process in the Federal Reserve Coup of 1913. By controlling the creation and dissemination of money, the private banking cartel and their institutional networks that run the economic world, have been funding or defunding any media narrative, agenda, trickery, fake science, or godless chicanery they wish. NASA is part of this cabal of tricksters. 

NASA’s ‘Moon Landings’ – NASA Received $2400 Billion of US Taxpayers Money, but Say They ‘Lost’ All the Technology and Telemetry Data

The ISRO moon landing is reminiscent of NASA’s moon landings, which are shrouded in controversy to this day. The following is an apt extract from an article title The Apollo Moon Landings are Science Fiction, published on March 8th, 2022[10]:

“Since the alleged moon landings, no country even claims to have gone more than 400 miles from Earth and that was in the Space Shuttle… There is a big difference between 240,000 miles and 400 miles. Why can’t anyone make it more than 400 miles from Earth today if we could make a 480,000 mile round trip in 1969?

NASA further asserts that three men were loaded into a rocket, flew 240,000 miles to the moon… and they then hung out on the moon for up to three days in 250-degree heat, hit golf balls, rode a moon buggy — but what powered their life support and equipment? They say BATTERIES.

They then supposedly blasted off the surface of the moon, docked with the third man going around the moon at over 4000 miles per hour, and made it 240,000 miles back to Earth. They re-entered Earth’s atmosphere going 25,000 mph, but parachutes assured a safe landing in the ocean. We hope you will agree that… proves the absurdity of NASA’s claim in a clear and convincing fashion.” 

The NASA missions to the moon reportedly cost the US government, and thus the American tax payer, in the region of $2400 billion, yet all NASA have to show for it apparently is some moon dust and a few small rocks that they claim came from the moon. That is a lot of money to obtain a few rocks! Sounds like quite a lucrative deal if you can get it. NASA must be very grateful that the American taxpayers have funded the organization for decades. If you live in the U.S. your taxes are funding these tricksters. 

How was it so easy for NASA to send multiple successful Apollo missions to the moon and bring the astronauts home safely, but since then not a single person has ever left low-earth orbit? What to speak of going to the moon? NASA have even stated “we lost the technology we used to get us to the Moon” and also tell us that “All the moon rocks were stolen including the safe they were in” at NASA Headquarters. NASA also claim that all the important telemetry data from the moon missions was lost or destroyed. Really? Is it any wonder that over the past decades there has been a growing consensus that NASA faked the Apollo moon missions in the 1960’s – that it was only a hyped-up TV show.

According to several commentators on the subject NASA has lost all data, blueprints and records from the Apollo missions. Following Freedom of Information requests in America NASA admitted it had lost original video footage, voice data, bio-medical monitoring data, and telemetry data to monitor the location and functioning of the spaceship, and original plans/blueprints for the lunar modules, space suits and lunar rovers, and for the entire multi-sectioned Saturn V rockets. They lost ‘all’ the alleged record of the moon landings, including 13,000 reels that are said to be ‘missing’! I once lost a set of housekeys, but you don’t lose hundreds of boxes unless you lose them on purpose. Something is clearly amiss. Even Wikipedia, states:

“over 700 boxes of magnetic data tapes recorded throughout the Apollo program that have not been found… On August 16, 2006, NASA announced its official search, saying, “… NASA engineers are hopeful that when the tapes are found they can use today’s digital technology to provide a version of the moonwalk that is much better quality than what we have today.”[11]

I humbly suggest that the only ‘moonwalk’ we will ever see is the 1980’s dance craze version popularized by the singer Micheal Jackson! In addition, NASA are supposed to have taken over 5,000 pictures whilst on the moon during the Apollo missions, but not one of these pictures is of the Earth! It is a joke. The Apollo moon landings were a glorified TV show – no wonder NASA ‘lost’ all the data.

Also look at press conference with the astronauts after their return from the NASA Apollo 11 moon landing, at around from 32 minutes into the video[12]. Do they look like three guys who had just been part of the biggest mission in modern history landing on a foreign planet? No, they look like three embarrassed kids who know they have been naughty and are just waiting for the parents to find out what they have been up to. They look to be full of shame that they had to lie to the whole world.  Look at their faces – does it look like three men having performed the biggest mission in mankind’s history returning from a foreign planet? 

It also appears that Neil A. Armstrong, the first man to supposedly walk on the moon, in over 40 years since the event, aside from NASA’s initial press conference, has never given one proper on-camera interview to anyone – ever. Why?

In the above book Moon Landing 2023 – Science or Science-fiction? I also detail many of the well documented anomalies in the video footage from Apollo missions, and other relevant topics, including: 

  • shadows on the moon pointing in different directions
  • NASA brought 3 lunar vehicles to the moon that cost $60 million dollars each, but never brought a telescope to view and photograph the Earth
  • the NASA astronauts were walking in Earth gravity, the video speed has been slowly and adjusted
  • NASA even admit that all NASA’s photographs of the Earth from space are CGI composites
  • the old and new ways of technical trickery used by Hollywood and NASA to ‘fake space’
  • augmented virtual-reality technology, it becomes difficult to discern what is ‘real’ and what is actually computer-generated imagery (CGI)
  • the space agency’s contract with a company that produces advanced virtual reality simulation videos.

Fake Moon Landings – Part of a Paradigm of Fake Science

Furthermore, the ancient Vedic texts describe the current time in human history as ‘Kali-yuga’ – a time dominated by large-scale illusion, cheating, lying, and demonic pursuits.  In this current Kali-yuga society there is much fakery and deception, including the faked moon landings. There are the ‘cheaters’ and the ‘cheated’, and one cannot exist without the other. Why do people fall for such deceptions? It is because on some inner level they want to believe it. To challenge the mainstream narrative is unthinkable for the ‘connected’ masses hypnotized by the mainstream mega-corporate media and scientific orthodoxy peddling fake science.

When you use the gadgets and platforms of the current corporate system you inevitably come into contact with a mass worldwide collective hypnosis, a conditioned mentality that has been molded by corporate TV, corporate media, social media which is filtered and ‘fact-checked’ by computer algorithms, smartphone applications, etc. I ask who gets to fact-check the fact-checkers? The pressure to comply and conform with the accepted reality and cleverly designed propaganda of these collectives is huge. 

For the past many decades, what many believe to be science is actually paid promotional narratives and ads by trillion-dollar industries that make up their own science, science that mostly benefits them, not you. These technological tricks are used to support large-scale bogus narratives, such as the bogus moon landings, and the ulterior agendas of the corporate-communist mechanics of the ultra-rich Davos Group. It is vast amounts of money, not truth, that currently controls the world’s economic and scientific institutions. At the root of this orthodoxy of lies are the private banking families that hijacked the money creation process and financial world in 1913 via the Federal Reserve coup. For more information please see my books Godless Fake Science, and CO2 Hoax – How Bankers Hijacked the Environment Movement.

As I described in my book No Worries No Virus it is difficult for many people that have for decades placed their faith in mainstream corporate-media to realise and fully accept that Covid-19 was a fake pandemic. It is very difficult for most of us to replace our ’window on the world’. Yet, the reality is the Covid-19 fake pandemic, was another engineered deception, in which mega-corporations sold billions of vaccines. 

Conclusion

In my humble opinion this was not ‘India’s moon landing’, it was ISRO’s claim to have landed on the moon – a claim, which has not been verified. Given that millions of people realise the NASA moon landings were faked, it is incumbent upon ISRO, and all space agencies, to provide clear evidence of any claimed moon landing. The picture and video released by ISRO is not evidence of anything. For more information see the book Moon Landing 2023 – Science or Science-fiction?

In the book Godless fake Science I also describe that much of the scientific narrative we have been taught from our school days onwards, is based on falsehood, and that the institution of ‘science’ itself has in many ways been hijacked by financial interests seeking to advance their own narrative and agenda.  This includes many sectors such as climate science; the fake Covid-19 pandemic; the biopharmaceutical sector; and neo-Darwinian evolution. Modern science, like economics, banking, and corporate-owned mass media, has become part of a paradigm borne by deceit, and corporate greed; and which paints God out of the picture.  

One thing is for sure many of us got a good laugh out of this ‘space opera’, yet, the unfortunate reality is that billions of children are being taught this moon landing doctrine in schools, without a shred of real evidence. I am reminded of a lyric from a pop song: “if you tolerate this then your children will be next…”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.a

Mark Gerard Keenan, is a former scientist at the UK Government Dept. of Energy and Climate Change, and at the United Nations Environment Division. He is author of the following books:

 

 

Notes

[1] Source: https://checkyourfact.com/2020/02/21/fact-check-89-americans-45-moon-landing-fake-staged/

[2] Source: https://www.cnbc.com/2023/08/23/india-chandrayaan-3-moon-landing-came-at-small-cost.html

[3] Source: https://www.cnbc.com/2023/08/23/india-chandrayaan-3-moon-landing-came-at-small-cost.html

[4] Source: https://fora.ie/ireland-motorway-ibec-2677182-Apr2016/

[5] Source: https://www.nature.com/articles/d44151-023-00116-x

[6] Source: https://www.isro.gov.in/index.html

[7] Source: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rrTtLze5Ydk

[8] Source: https://www.isro.gov.in/Chandrayaan3.html

[9] An example is the following video titled “India’s Moon Landing Madness” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=inANVeIU_4w&t=6s

[10] Source: https://krishna.org/the-apollo-moon-landings-are-science-fiction/

[11] Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apollo_11_missing_tapes

[12] The Apollo 11 conference can be viewed at https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZzhyZQGAmzU

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

First published on November 8, 2023

In a first for the developed world, the European nation of Italy has decided to ban all fake meat from the country, citing “serious health concerns.”

Numerous recent studies show that lab-grown synthetic meat of the kind being promoted by billionaire eugenicist Bill Gates is triggering the formation of turbo cancers in humans – Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) “vaccines” are doing the same thing, by the way.

In contrast to a recent decision by the Biden regime to fast-track the approval of synthetic meat here in America, Italy is taking the opposite approach by banning the stuff outright before it gets the chance to harm the Italian people.

“Italy is the first nation to say no to synthetic food, to so-called ‘synthetic meat,'” announced Health Minister Orazio Schillaci. “It does so with a formal and official act.”

“The resolution calls for a commitment to ban the production, marketing, and import of synthetic foods within our territory.”

According to Schillaci, Italy’s new regulations against synthetic meat aim to protect the general public against any situation in which “the environmental public health could be at risk, or when there is uncertainty regarding the effects of certain products that are being or will be introduced to the market or consumed.”

“It is crucial to have measures in place to address these potential risks and ensure the safety of the environment and public health in such cases,” he added – watch the video below:

Biden Regime Fast-tracks Approval of Synthetic Meat, Including Gates’s Lab-grown “Chicken Meat”

Much of the push in favor of synthetic meat comes not only from Gates but also other globalists such as Klaus Schwab, the goon in charge of the World Economic Forum (WEF), who claim it is necessary to stop “global warming” and “climate change.”

Back in 2021 in promotion of his book “How to Avoid a Climate Disaster,” Gates told MIT Technology Review that “all rich countries should move to 100 percent synthetic beef.”

Gates’ dream for the world probably will not come to fruition, at least as he envisioned it, because science continues to show that synthetic meat consumption is linked to cancer via the immortalized cell lines that the body uses to manufacture cancer cells in the presence of a provoking substance, in this case fake meat.

Fake president Joe Biden’s regime has so far indicated its full support for the unleashing of fake meat here in the U.S., where private corporate interests seem to control just about everything.

In an unprecedented move, Biden’s U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) approved the sale of Gates’ lab-grown “chicken meat” back in late June. This approval from regulators will allow fake meat companies everywhere to flood the U.S. food market with their toxic, deadly products.

“Now we need to ban any WEF and NOW (new world order) product or message,” one commenter wrote in response to the good news out of Italy.

“Back in old blighty, our bribery whores in UN parliament will happily push this crap on us,” wrote another, presumably from the United Kingdom where, like in the U.S., fake meat and other garbage is more easily approved and pushed on the public due to government corruption.

“Expect widespread BS plus a taxpayer-funded ad campaign to promote this new highly toxic product.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from NaturalNews.com

Do EMF and Wireless Devices Endanger Children’s Health?

November 18th, 2023 by Dr. Gary Null

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on July 12, 2023

***

One of the many goals for wrapping the planet in a pulsating dome of 5G electromagnetic frequencies is to increase the human community’s connectivity with each other.  We are invited to imagine the spectacular wonder of a single integral system for communication, financial efficiency, international banking and transportation, and a large variety of technological tools at our fingertips to ease life’s struggles. There is also a darker specter to monitor every movement of the world’s growing population. Consequently, wireless electromagnetic frequency radiation (EMF) and microwave exposure are becoming increasingly more omnipresent and will continue to permeate every aspect of our common daily lives without any escape.

Yet the warnings about the health risks and effects from EMF exposure, especially for vulnerable populations such as children, have been well documented for many decades and go unheeded. Aside from a casual nod by those who are mandated to regulate EMF levels and monitor its adverse risks, the scientific evidence for a crucial cause of alarm continues to mount, and this is especially true for protecting children from unnecessary EMF, which is now indisputable. Federal agency capture by the telecom industry and the developers of wireless, microwave and other EMF producing technologies have thwarted every effort to properly regulate this technology.

Children are exposed to EMF from various wireless devices, such as smartphones, tablets, and Wi-Fi routers. Although these devices generally comply with FCC guidelines, there are serious concerns about the cumulative effects of exposure, particularly for children who use wireless devices extensively. Studies show that children’s exposure to EMF from wireless devices far exceeds recommended safety limits, especially when devices are held close to the body for prolonged periods.

By examining available research studies conducted by prominent scientists and institutions to better understand the crisis facing children who are increasingly being exposed to EMF can guide parents and communities to take necessary precautions to protect our children.

Perhaps the most important study investigating the impact of EMF emissions from electronic devices on adolescent social and brain development is the multi-institutional Adolescent Brain Cognitive Development Study, which enrolled 10,000 children and followed them for a decade. Those who spent the most hours per day on cell phones, computers and other wireless items had the highest rate of rapid thinning of the cortex, which is associated with premature aging.

Cancer Risk

A dozen years ago, the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) classified electromagnetic fields as “possibly carcinogenic to humans.” Research conducted by prominent scientists, such as Lennart Hardell and Michael Carlberg in Sweden, has identified links between long-term exposure to electromagnetic fields and an increased risk of childhood leukemia. These studies analyzed data from children exposed to various sources of electromagnetic radiation, including power lines and wireless devices. Since then other studies have confirmed that children living in the proximity of overhead high-voltage power lines had a higher risk of developing leukemia, further supporting EMF’s potential carcinogenic effects. This is not only true for thermal radiation, but also for non-thermal low intensity non-ionizing radiation now believed to be contributing to the rising incidence of brain cancers, notably glioblastomas, in children and adolescents across developed nations.

Government regulators fail to address this danger. The Environmental Health Trust (EHT) notes that government regulations for wireless cell phone use were evaluated upon the anatomical basis of a 220-pound man’s head. Children’s heads are notably smaller, their skulls are thinner, and therefore children “can absorb up to ten times the radiation in the bone marrow of their skulls than adults.” A University of Utah analysis reported that EMF exposure increases by a compounding rate of 10-15 percent for every millimeter closer to a mobile phone’s antenna. EHT criticizes the FCC cell phone radiation standards for ignoring these “unique vulnerabilities” in children’s anatomy as well as pregnant women. Younger brains will also proportionally absorb more radiation into the eye and the brain’s grey matter.

Another carcinogenic risk is electronic radiation’s disruption of stem cell activity. Throughout the course of their development, children have more active stem cells than adults. Stem cells are far more sensitive to microwave radiation than are differentiated cells. This makes children more susceptible to DNA double strand breaks contributing carcinogenic mutations.

Neurological and Cognitive Effects

EMF’s deleterious effects on the nervous system are well documented. Despite oxygen’s crucial role in biological reactions, oxygen can also contribute to toxic by-products known as reactive oxygen species (ROS), which damage proteins, lipids and DNA.  However the body’s antioxidant defense system keeps radical oxygen under control.  A Turkish review of the medical literature shows that several studies report that EMF exposure results in oxidative stress in different tissues, cellular DNA and will increase free radical concentrations.

Early experimental studies conducted by Nora Volkow and her colleagues showed that exposure to cell phone radiation can alter brain activity in regions closest to the antenna. These studies utilized brain-imaging techniques to measure changes in brain metabolism and neuronal activity after exposure to electromagnetic fields. Consequently quantifying abnormal changes was very precise. The clinical significance of Volkow’s findings raised concerns about the potential neurological effects of long-term exposure to electromagnetic radiation, which have since been validated in multiple further studies.

Separate studies by the University of Southern California and UCLA suggest an association between prenatal exposure due to maternal mothers’ cell phone radiation and neurodevelopmental disorders in their children afterwards. These studies highlight the critical importance of considering the potential risks of electromagnetic radiation during the crucial stages of child development.  A Yale University mouse study found that pregnant mice when exposed to cell phone signals give birth to animals with hyperactivity and impaired memory.

Genetic Damage

There is a large body of animal research confirming EMF’s adverse effects on genetic expression and DNA integrity. However, more clinical trials on humans need to be conducted to bring the crisis to greater public attention. EMF’s long term effects on the male and female reproductive systems of pre-pubescent children needs to be investigated more thoroughly.  Given the rapid rise of gender dysphoria beginning in earlier ages, it is incumbent to better understand EMF’s impact on child development now that wireless devices are being used daily. Interruption of the reproductive system’s  metabolomics from mobile phone EMF exposure has a broad range of adverse effects.  These include decreases in sperm motility, protein synthesis disorders, abnormal nitric oxide levels and antioxidant disruption in germ cells. Research also indicates that EMF exposure affects calcium ion channels, potentially disrupting intracellular calcium signaling, which plays a crucial role in cellular processes

Sleep Disturbances

Sleep is crucial for the proper physical and cognitive development of children. However, exposure to electromagnetic fields from wireless devices may disrupt sleep patterns in children. A 2010 study found that exposure to radiofrequency EMF from mobile phone base stations was associated with sleep disturbances. Similarly, another study reported an association between exposure to electromagnetic fields from wireless devices in the home and sleep disturbances in adolescents.

Education and Awareness

Public activism needs to pressure child health associations and government agencies to revise regulations regarding EMF exposure limits. This includes establishing specific guidelines for non-ionizing radiation, considering cumulative exposure effects, and incorporating research findings on potential long-term health risks associated with EMF.

Given the increasing data being gathered as research continues to identify EMF’s effects on human biology, the precautionary principle, critically for children, should be applied.  Once the technology is developed to dramatically lessen radiation exposure, it is essential to limit childhood exposure and especially in schools and bedrooms where children spend a substantial amount of time during every 24-hour cycle.

Organizations like the American Academy of Pediatrics recommend limiting children’s exposure to wireless devices. Although the Academy emphasizes the importance of educating parents, teachers, and healthcare professionals about EMF’s risks, no notable funding has been spent to make these health concerns a national emergency. Of course, schools and parents can adopt strategies such as wired internet connections, reducing screen time, and providing distance from wireless devices to minimize children’s EMF exposure, however, this requires a national educational campaign.

Manufacturers are making efforts to develop low-radiation devices, such as cell phones with reduced Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) values. Unfortunately, there has not been sufficient regulatory pressure on telecom corporations to make major advancements. Other research has focused on exploring electromagnetic shielding to design techniques to reduce exposure risks without compromising technological functionalities.  Again, innovation of electronic devices continues to trump public health.

When we reflect upon our politicians’ and institutions’ repeated claims that they care about the health and well-being of children, we need to peer behind the words to expose the double-speak. Today, the most aggressive voices want to persuade us that the government is a more responsible parent than children’s own biological kin. Only recently are parents waking up to push back against this collective social conditioning. However, it required over two years of passive obedience for parents to realize they were sheepishly following unjustified government demands to close schools, quarantine children, and mandate mask-wearing and social distancing. When will parents realize they maybe innocently contributing to their kids’ delayed physical, mental and emotional development by giving them free reign on their mobile phones, laptops, tablets and other EMF-emitting devices? This is not an issue based upon class and prestige. Rich or poor, politically left or right, no child is excused from EMF risks. Since the regulatory officials at the EPA and FCC are fully compromised by the private telecom and wireless industries, parents must assume the responsibility to monitor and control their children’s exposure to EMF radiation.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Richard Gale is the Executive Producer of the Progressive Radio Network and a former Senior Research Analyst in the biotechnology and genomic industries.

Dr. Gary Null is host of the nation’s longest running public radio program on alternative and nutritional health and a multi-award-winning documentary film director, including his recent Last Call to Tomorrow.

They are regular contributors to Global Research.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Important article: First published on August 8 2022 pertaining to

“Climate Science” and the Destruction of the Family Farm 

In recent developments, farmers are literally being bought out.

The fake CO2 climate agenda is behind this insidious project”.

A prosperous agricultural economy is being destabilized. It is a deliberate process of engineered destruction of the World’s Second largest  agricultural export economy:

“Farms are being closed down in the Netherlands because of EU requirements and Brussels’ “Green Deal”. 

The government will soon be making “compulsory purchases” of up to 3000 farms. These will then be closed down. The farmers will be made an offer that is “far above” the value of the farm, said Nitrogen Minister Christianne van der Wal.”

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research June 17, 2023

***

Before we dive into this, it’s important to understand nitrogen and its role on Earth. The air human beings breathe is 78% nitrogen, 22% oxygen and 1% other stuff. Humans have been breathing nitrogen throughout their existence on Earth. Most nitrogen in Earth atmosphere is N2 molecules, which are mostly inert (chemically non-reactive). Nitrogen oxides, such as ammonia (NH3) and nitric oxide (NO) are the “bad” nitrogens that climate change people say will kill us all. But not having food will kill us all much quicker.

Nitrogen oxides are facts of life on Earth. Nitrous oxide (N2O), aka “laughing gas” and “whippets,” is the third-most abundant nitrogen oxide in the air, according to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Natural sources of N2O, including the oceans and ground soil under natural vegetation, account for 62% of all N2O. Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) and nitric oxide (NO) are the two most prevalent nitrogen oxides. Most NO2 comes from tobacco smoke, stoves and heaters. The primary sources of NO are fossil fuel combustion and adding fertilizers to soil.

It’s true that the largest human contribution of nitrogen oxides is agriculture. But a 2017 study by the University of Virginia and The Organic Center found that organic farming (i.e. using manure and compost for fertilizer and no chemical pesticides) reduces new reactive nitrogen emissions by 64% versus “conventional” farming.

Yet less than 1% of U.S. farmland and only 4% of Dutch farmland is certified organic. Meanwhile giant corporations – Monsanto/BASF, DuPont/Dow, and Syngenta/ChemChina – make all those poisonous pesticides and own all seeds planted for foods via patents. These three companies control the entire global farming industry.

If nitrogen oxide emissions were genuinely a global concern, the powers-that-be (TPTB) could simply shut down the foregoing companies and invest in organic farming. But we all know genuine concern for humanity is not, never has been, and never will be a priority for these people.

Dutch farmers fighting against extinction

The World Economic Forum is promoting yet another “bug chef.” Joseph Yoon is the founder of Brooklyn Bugs in New York. He travels the country, cooks bugs, caterpillars, etc., and eats them in front of people. Yoon has been in business since 2017. But Klaus and company recently endorsed him as part of The Great Reset agenda of “you’ll eat bugs and like it.”

In order for the bug agenda to work, people must be desperately hungry and still have a will to live. TPTB not only must condition people into believing bugs are food, but also engineer global famine that will force people to comply for sheer survival.

Bill Gates is one of the chief engineers. He currently owns 242,000 acres of farmland in the United States.

He purchased another 2,100 acres in North Dakota in June. The goal is to buy the land and leave it fallow as part of this planned global famine that we predicted would kill one billion people between now and the end of 2024. People will choose between eating bugs or starving to death. The Netherlands, a small country with only 18 million people, is vital to this genocidal agenda.

Christianne van der Wal is the “Dutch Minister for Nitrogen and Nature Policy” (yes, that’s a real position in government). She and Prime Minister (and World Economic Forum member) Mark Rutte conjured a fake crisis that calls for “cutting nitrogen emissions” by up to 70% by 2030. Granted the European Union reportedly had some sort of nitrogen emission mitigation plans in place since the 1970s. But nothing has really been done to address it since that time.

The current Dutch plan includes killing off 30% of the country’s livestock, which would put 30,000 farmers out of business and dramatically reduce meat supplies in Europe and beyond. The remaining farmers would be forced to cut nitrogen emissions by upwards of 95%, which would put them out of business too.

The Netherlands is the second-largest agricultural exporter in the world after the United States. It is the largest meat exporter in the European Union. Dutch farmers have been protesting almost non-stop since June. But mainstream media are barely covering it. Farmers have blocked highways with their tractors and by spreading cow manure and bales of hay across the roadways. Incredible photos like the following have been circulating online all summer.

The protests are reminiscent of the truckers convoy in Canada earlier this year.

But TPTB are not going to allow protesters to interfere with their goals. Like the Aussies prior to 2020, the Dutch are not accustomed to violent police thugs attacking them, as is modus operandi in the United States. It started during COVID lockdown protests in late 2021 and early 2022…

Click here to watch the video.

…and is getting worse during the farmers protests.

Click here to watch the video.

Cops rarely fire guns in the Netherlands. But they opened fire on a 16-year-old kid who was peacefully sitting in a tractor in early July.

Click here to watch the video.

The goal is to scare the farmers and their supporters into compliance and obedience.

The Bill Gates factor

Christianne van der Wal is married to Piet van der Wal, the son of Okke van der Wal, who passed away in 2019. Okke was one of the richest 500 people in the Netherlands, with most of said wealth coming from Boni supermarkets. The company has 44 stores across the Netherlands and a distribution center in Nijkerk. Bouke van der Wal, Piet’s brother, is technically listed as the owner of Boni now. But it’s the family business.

Picnic is a Dutch online supermarket with 70 delivery hubs and 10 distribution centers in the Netherlands, Germany and France. The company was founded in 2015 by five rich families, including the van der Wal’s. Picnic solely fulfills online orders and delivery.

Customers cannot walk into a store and buy anything. The controversy started in September 2021 when the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation essentially purchased the entire company for  €600 million, which was about $707 million at the time. Further, Picnic buys all of its groceries from Boni supermarkets.

These egregious conflicts of interest apparently matter not. “Nitrogen minister” Christianne created a policy to destroy the agricultural sector in the Netherlands, which exported over €104 billion in goods last year. Once said sector is gone, millions of Europeans will be forced to buy all of their groceries from Picnic/Boni, which substantially benefits the van der Wal family. And with Bill Gates in charge, that means a lot of insect-based and lab-created foods on the menu.

The Dutch know and understand what’s happening. Two Picnic distribution centers have been burned to the ground since December.

Stages of accepting genocide

It’s been a couple days since we’ve published new content because of work on The COVID Blog™ book. Part of the process is going back and reading all of the posts again, and feeling the general mood at the respective times.

In June 2021, most stories on the blog were about individuals dying of various #ABV excuses. TPTB were also still using the term “breakthrough cases,” meaning so-called COVID-19 cases despite being injected. Fourteen months later, we rarely write stories about just one victim because it no longer does justice in articulating the genocide. And the breakthrough narrative has long been eliminated since nearly all so-called COVID-19 cases now are vaxxed people.

A June 21, 2021 story about 12 nursing home patients dying in Belgium was the first and only time this blogger mentioned that Deagel website that’s become somewhat of a cliché. “It is going to be very interesting comparing the world population from 2020 to 2021 to 2022,” the story says. The Deagel archive is then linked. It of course “predicted” in 2013 that the United States would lose 70% of its population by 2025.

The website is never mentioned again on The COVID Blog™ because nobody knows who owns Deagel. There’s literally no information available about who or what the site is. It also removed those predictions from the site sometime in late 2020 or early 2021. It’s only available in archives now. Further, Deagel was mentioned in an email published by Wikileaks in 2012 from a Texas company called Stratfor. It does “global intelligence” for the aforementioned Dow, Lockheed Martin, Raytheon, and other government military contractors.

Deductive reasoning leads to the conclusion that Deagel.com is controlled revelations by TPTB.

That all said, you don’t need anonymous websites to know genocide is happening, particularly when you’ve been covering it from the very beginning. This blogger knew a lot of people were going to die from the vaccine genocide. But it wasn’t until January 2022 when the magnitude of this genocide became crystal clear. Attacks on the global food supply are near-daily occurrences, as is “you’ll eat bugs and like it” propaganda.

The Netherlands is one of the world’s largest producers of food.

This time next year, that will no longer be the case. And whether via post-injection deaths or famine, billions will die by then as well. Now is the time to switch totally to eating nothing but whole foods (grains, vegetables, meat, etc.) for mitigation purposes. All processed foods are now suspect. We have no idea what they are putting in that stuff. And it’s absolutely nauseating not knowing if you may have just swallowed ground up crickets, maggots or grasshoppers.

Stay vigilant and protect your friends and loved ones.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from WION

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Visit and follow us on InstagramTwitter and Facebook. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Incisive analysis by Dr. Naomi Wolf, first published by Global Research on May 31, 2022

***

I’ve been silent for some weeks. Forgive me.

The truth is: I’ve been rendered almost speechless — or the literary equivalent of that — because recently I’ve had the unenviable task of trying to announce to the world that indeed, a genocide — or what I’ve called, clumsily but urgently, a “baby die-off” — is underway.

The WarRoom/DailyClout Pfizer Documents Research Volunteers, a group of 3000 highly credentialled doctors, RNs, biostatisticians, medical fraud investigators, lab clinicians and research scientists, have been turning out report after report, as you may know, to tell the world what is in the 55,000 internal Pfizer documents which the FDA had asked a court to keep under wraps for 75 years.

By court order, these documents were forcibly disclosed. And our experts are serving humanity by reading through these documents and explaining them in lay terms. You can find all of the Volunteers’ reports on DailyClout.io.

The lies revealed are stunning.

The WarRoom/DailyClout Volunteers have confirmed:

that Pfizer (and thus the FDA) knew by December 2020 that the MRNA vaccines did not work — that they “waned in efficacy” and presented “vaccine failure.” One side effect of getting vaccinated, as they knew by one month after the mass 2020 rollout, was “COVID.”

Pfizer knew in May of 2021 that 35 minors’ hearts had been damaged a week after MRNA injection — but the FDA rolled out the EUA for teens a month later anyway, and parents did not get a press release from the US government about heart harms til August of 2021, after thousands of teens were vaccinated. [See this]

Pfizer (and thus the FDA; many of the documents say “FDA: CONFIDENTIAL” at the lower boundary) knew that, contrary to what the highly paid spokesmodels and bought-off physicians were assuring people, the MRNA, spike protein and lipid nanoparticles did not stay in the injection site in the deltoid, but rather went, within 48 hours, into the bloodstream, from there to lodge in the liver, spleen, adrenals, lymph nodes, and, if you are a woman, in the ovaries. [See this]

Pfizer (and thus the FDA) knew that the Moderna vaccine had 100 mcg of MRNA, lipid nanoparticles and spike protein, which was more than three times the 30 mcg of the adult Pfizer dose; the company’s internal documents show a higher rate of adverse events with the 100 mcg dose, so they stopped experimenting with that amount internally due to its “reactogenicity” — Pfizer’s words — but no one told all of the millions of Americans who all got the first and second 100 mcg Moderna dose, and the boosters.

Pfizer skewed the trial subjects so that almost three quarters were female — a gender that is less prone to cardiac damage. Pfizer lost the records of what became of hundreds of their trial subjects.

In the internal trials, there were over 42,000 adverse events and more than 1200 people died. Four of the people who died, died on the day they were injected.

Adverse events tallied up in the internal Pfizer documents are completely different from those reported on the CDC website or announced by corrupted physicians and medical organizations and hospitals. These include vast columns of joint pain, muscle pain (myalgia), masses of neurological effects include MS, Guillain Barre and Bell’s Palsy, encephaly, every iteration possible of blood clotting, thrombocytopenia at scale, strokes, hemorrhages, and many kinds of ruptures of membranes throughout the human body.

The side effects about which Pfizer and the FDA knew but you did not, include blistering problems, rashes, shingles, and herpetic conditions (indeed, a range of blistering conditions oddly foreshadowing the symptoms of monkeypox).

The internal documents show that Pfizer (and thus the FDA) knew that angry red welts or hives were a common reaction to the PEG, a petroleum-derived allergen in the vaccine ingredients — one that you are certainly not supposed to ingest. Indeed, PEG is an allergen so severe that many people can go into anaphylactic shock if they are exposed to it. But people with a PEG allergy were not warned away from the vaccines or even carefully watched by their doctors, EpiPen in hand. They were left to their shock.

Pfizer knew that “exposure” to the vaccine was defined — in their own words – as sexual contact (especially at time of conception), skin contact, inhalation or lactation. [See this]. ‘Fact-checkers’ can deny this all they want. The documents speak for themselves.

Of course, people who have tried to raise any of these issues have been deplatformed, scolded by the President, called insane, and roundly punished.

Athletes and college students and teenagers are collapsing on football and soccer fields. Doctors wring their hands and express mystification. But BioNTech’s SEC filing shows a fact about which the CDC and the AMA breathe not a word: fainting so violently that you may hurt yourself is one of the side effects important enough for BioNTech to highlight to the SEC.

But not to highlight to you and me.

I was able to process all of this and keep simply reporting. But in the last few weeks the horror overcame me. Because now, the Volunteers, under the excellent leadership of Program Manager Amy Kelly, have confirmed that there is a genocide underway, intentionally driven or not. And Israeli journalist Etana Hecht has added her own superb analysis. Here is Ms Hecht’s summary of the Volunteers’ findings:

Click here to read.

It seems that there can indeed be a happenstance genocide. Reproduction itself is targeted, intentionally or not, by the mRNA vaccines. And if you know that reproduction is harmed, and babies and fetuses are harmed, and you know that this is at scale, which everyone at Pfizer and at the FDA who read these documents, knew —and if you do not stop — then does that not ultimately become a genocide?

The WarRoom/DailyClout volunteers have confirmed that lipid nanoparticles, the tiny hard fatty casings that contain the MRNA, traverse the amniotic membrane. That means that they enter the fetal environment, of course. (They also traverse the blood-brain barrier, which may help explain the post-MRNA vaccination strokes and cognitive issues we are seeing). The Volunteers have drilled deep into the Pfizer documents’ reports about pregnancy and found that the assurance that the vaccine is “safe and effective” for pregnant women, was based on a study of 44 French rats, followed for 42 days (the scientists who ran the study are shareholders or employees of BioNTech). [See this]

The Volunteers found that while pregnant women were excluded from the internal studies, and thus from the EUA on which basis all pregnant women were assured the vaccine was “safe and effective”, nonetheless about 270 women got pregnant during the study. More than 230 of them were lost somehow to history. But of the 36 pregnant women whose outcomes were followed – 28 lost their babies.

The Volunteers found that a baby died after nursing from a vaccinated lactating mother, and was found to have had an inflamed liver. Many babies nursing from vaccinated mothers showed agitation, gastrointestinal distress, and failure to thrive (to grow), and were inconsolable.

I am hearing anecdotal reports of these symptoms in babies nursing from vaccinated mothers, now, from across the country.

The Pfizer documents also show that some vaccinated mothers had suppressed lactation, or could produce no milk at all.

Doctors, of course, are stumped by all this. Stumped.

The NIH database has a preprint study making the case that there are negligible amounts of PEG in the breast milk of vaccinated women. [See this]

But what is a negligible amount of a petroleum product in mother’s milk, when you are a tiny newborn with no immunities, just arriving in the world? The NIH preprint itself reported higher levels of GI distress and sleeplessness in the infants studied, and one mother had elevated PEG levels in breast milk, and the fine print concludes that more study is needed:

“Larger studies are needed to increase our understanding of transfer of PEG into human milk, and potential effects after ingestion by the infant. Although expert consensus states there is minimal or no potential risk for the infant from maternal COVID-19 vaccination(20,21), the minor symptoms that were reported (sleep changes and gastrointestinal symptoms) could be further investigated in future studies to determine if they are related to vaccination.”

Since no babies died in the brief time frame of the tiny study, the study concluded that nursing babies suffered no real ill effects from vaccinated mothers. But the study did not follow these poor babies, with their acknowledged sleeplessness and their confirmed GI distress, to see if they actually “thrived” — gained weight and developed normally.

On such faulty science were women assured that the vaccines were “safe and effective” for them and their nursing babies.

But — four of the lactating vaccinated women in the Pfizer documents reported “blue-green” breast milk. I am not making this up. And the nursing baby who died, with an inflamed liver — the case has been buried; has not made headlines.

Coincidentally — or not — the SAME FDA that turned a blind eye to vast harms to humans, and to the subcategory of moms and babies, in the Pfizer documents, declared that Abbot, a major producer of baby formula in the US, had to close its factory. [See this]

Coincidentally, with little formula available and with some or many (we don’t know) vaccinated moms having compromised breast milk, it turns out that Bill Gates, Jeff Bezos, Richard Branson, and Mark Zuckerberg have all invested in a startup called “BioMilq” — which produces lab grown breast milk from mammary cells. [See this]. Reports of this startup include this Frankenstein-like language as if this is normal:

“The BIOMILQ team creates its product from cells taken from human breast tissue and milk, donated by women in the local community, who get a Target giftcard in return.” [See this]

As if all of this is not horrific enough, Ms Hecht drew studies from three countries — Canada, Scotland and now Israel – -to show that babies are dying disproportionately, during and after 2021, in highly vaccinated countries, and that newborns are dying disproportionately if they have vaccinated mothers versus unvaccinated mothers.

In highly vaccinated Scotland, almost twice the number of babies died in 2021 as died in baseline numbers. 

In Ontario, Canada, 86 babies died in 2021, versus a baseline of four or five; this was a baby die-off so severe that a brave Parliamentarian brought the issue to Parliament. [See this].

In Israel, at RamBam Hospital in Haifa, there were 34% more spontaneous abortions and stillbirths to vaccinated women as to unvaccinated women.

Click here to read.

Ms Hecht also notes that menstrual dysregulation in vaccinated women is fully confirmed now by many studies, with an average of one extra day of bleeding a month (a side effect about which I warned about in March of 2021, which in turn got me called names by a CNN commentator and permanently deplatformed from Twitter).

You don’t have to know more than eighth grade biology to know that a dysregulated menstrual cycle, not to mention spike protein accumulating in the ovaries, not to mention the traversing of the bodies’ membranes, including the amniotic sac, by tiny hard fatty lipid nanoparticles, not to mention PEG in breast milk, is all going to affect fertility, fetal health, childbirth, and babies’ GI wellbeing or distress, and thus their ability or failure to thrive (let alone to bond).

And now, the babies are dying. Now scale the data from Canada, Scotland and Israel to all the vaccinated nations in the world.

What do we do with all of this?

Knowing as I now do, that Pfizer and the FDA knew that babies were dying and mothers’ milk discoloring by just looking at their own internal records; knowing as I do that they did not alert anyone let alone stop what they were doing, and that to this day Pfizer, the FDA and other demonic “public health” entities are pushing to MRNA-vaccinate more and more pregnant women; now that they are about to force this on women in Africa and other lower income nations who are not seeking the MRNA vaccines, per Pfizer CEO Bourla this past week at the WEF, and knowing that Pfizer is pushing and may even receive a US EUA for babies to five year olds — I must conclude that we are looking into an abyss of evil not seen since 1945.

So I don’t know about you, but I must switch gears with this kind of unspeakable knowledge to another kind of discourse.

I am not saying that this is exactly like finding evidence of Dr Mengele’s experiments; but I am saying, with these findings, that now the comparison may not be that excessive.

These anti-humans at Pfizer, speaking at the WEF; these anti-humans at the FDA; knowing what they know; are targeting the miraculous female body, with its ability to conceive, gestate, birth and nurture life. They are targeting the female body’s ability to sustain a newborn human being with nothing but itself. They are targeting the amniotic membrane, the ovaries that release the ovum, they are targeting the lymph and blood that help support the building up of mother’s milk, they are targeting the fetus in utero, helpless.

They are targeting the human fetus’ very environment, one of the most sacred spaces on this earth, if not the most sacred.

And they know it.

I don’t know about you, and I am not proselytizing, but as you may know if you read me here, these apocalyptic days, I turn to prayer. I have started to say in public, once I had to face the fact of the die-off of the babies, that this is a Biblical time; and I mean Old Testament Biblical.

It is a time like that of the construction of the Tower of Babel — of massive arrogance against divine plans. Men such Bill Gates tamper with and seek to outdo God’s best works in lab after lab, and Tech Bros “disrupt” the human competition for their unsought-after goods and services, by targeting human processes and by ruining the bodies made in the image of God.

It is a time like that when the ten plagues assailed the Egyptians in Exodus 11:4-6:

“4 So Moses said, “This is what the Lord says: ‘About midnight I will go throughout Egypt.Every firstborn son in Egypt will die, from the firstborn son of Pharaoh, who sits on the throne, to the firstborn son of the female slave, who is at her hand mill, and all the firstborn of the cattle as well. There will be loud wailing throughout Egypt—worse than there has ever been or ever will be again. 7”

This was the worst plague of all, the slaying of the firstborn.

It is a time of ha-Satan — Satan — “going to and fro in the earth, and […] walking up and down in it”, as Job 2 describes him.

It is a time of demons sauntering around in human spaces, though they look human enough themselves, smug in their Italian suits on panels at the World Economic Forum.

Ha-Satan – and his armies: ruining the conception, the milk, the menses, the touch, the cradling of the infant by its mother, ruining the feeding of the infant; ruining the babies themselves.

I read the Prophets a lot these days — because how could I not? I am looking for what writer Annie Lamott called “Operating Instructions.” What do you do when humanity itself is threatened? When there are professional battalions and bureaucratic departments of people who act with anathema toward the human race?

Surely there must be a clue.

So I reread the story of Noah, and the Book of Esther, a lot these days; I reread Jeremiah.

We’ve been here before. Embarrassingly often, when it comes to that.

The story is always the same, at least in the Hebrew Bible (in the New Testament, of course, God skips to the end and upends the plot).

At least in the Hebrew Bible, God is always trying to get our attention, always, it seems, simply asking us just to walk alongside him; simply asking us to keep his not–too-challenging commandments; not, indeed, asking a lot.

Jeremiah 1:13:

The word of the Lord came to me again: “What do you see?”

“I see a pot that is boiling,” I answered. “It is tilting toward us from the north.”

14 The Lord said to me, “From the north disaster will be poured out on all who live in the land. 15 I am about to summon all the peoples of the northern kingdoms,” declares the Lord.

“Their kings will come and set up their thrones
in the entrance of the gates of Jerusalem;
they will come against all her surrounding walls
and against all the towns of Judah.
16 I will pronounce my judgments on my people
because of their wickedness in forsaking me,
in burning incense to other gods
and in worshiping what their hands have made.”

In the Hebrew Bible, anyway, the math is simple. We turn, we listen, and we are saved; or we carry on heedlessly, worshipping what our own hands have made, sluts to other gods — to “the science,” to media lies; to the narcissism of convention, these days, one might say — and thus we are lost.

We have been nearly lost, time after time after time.

This time could really be the last time; these monsters in the labs, on the transnational panels, are so very skillful; and so powerful; and their dark work is so extensive.

If God is there — again — after all the times that we have tried his patience — and who indeed knows? – will we reach out a hand to him in return, will we take hold in the last moment out of this abyss, and simply find a way somehow to walk alongside him?

Or will we this time, in losing the babies, and heedlessly carrying on nonetheless — be truly lost ourselves?

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, Twitter and Facebook. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.


undefinedThe Bodies of Others: The New Authoritarians, Covid-19 and the War Against the Human

By Naomi Wolf

Publisher: ‎All Seasons Pr (May 31, 2022)

ISBN-10: ‎ 1737478560

ISBN-13: ‎ 978-1737478560

Reviews

“Naomi Wolf is one of the bravest, clearest-thinking people I know. The reason you hear the forces of repression so desperately trying to dismiss her is because she is right.” – Tucker Carlson

“The pandemic response is the biggest crisis of our time. It is going to make wars look small. There are very few books exploring the pandemic, its origins and the ramifications of the response. Dr. Naomi Wolf’s ‘The Bodies of Others’ focuses on the extremely important issue of bodily autonomy, that you decide what happens to your body. The greatest loss to our freedom is when our leaders makes decisions on the bodies of others. Buy this important book to understand the consequences.” – Dr. Peter McCullough, cardiologist, COVID-19 early treatment advocate, president, Cardio Renal Society of America

“Dr. Naomi Wolf’s book stands apart in a world of groupthink. It is an impeccable, thought-provoking compilation of the troubling and distressing consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic, including censorship and the suppression of alternatives to the mainstream narrative.” – Dr. Paul Alexander, former WHO COVID pandemic evidence-synthesis advisor

Click here to order.

The Gaza Genocide Continues. Philip Giraldi

November 18th, 2023 by Philip Giraldi

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on November 6, 2023

***

Mainstream media and official government commentary on the violence in Gaza appears to have acquired a certain rhythm to make sure that everyone understands that it is the poor Israelis who are the real victims being assailed by a group called Hamas that is invariably labeled as “terrorists.”

It is absolutely obligatory in the first paragraph of an article on developments in the fighting to remind the reader that on October 7th the “terrorist” group Hamas “invaded” Israel and killed 1,400 Israelis, taking 200 additional Israelis as hostages.

Israel is described as “retaliating” and it is frequently seen as relevant to state that it was the most dreadful mass killing of Jews since the alleged “holocaust.”

To add a bit of current cultural and historic relevance, “9/11” and “Pearl Harbor” are often also cited to suggest that it was a both a surprise attack and a game changer in terms of how Israel now sees the external threat and will have to harden its national security imperatives. And there might even be inserted a comment from Congresswoman Nancy Pelosi or Senator Chuck Schumer that “Israel has a right to defend itself!” Joe Biden was also quoted as saying it was 15 “9/11”s for Israel given the comparative size and populations of the US and the Jewish state, emphasizing the enormity of the tragedy.

And that’s just in the first paragraph to make sure that the reader gets his or her mind right. The second paragraph is the really important contribution to the discussion, raising the issue of “surging antisemitism” in the United States and Europe, frequently including a quote from the relentless Jonathan Greenblatt of the redoubtable and widely feared Anti-Defamation League (ADL). Greenblatt is cited frequently, often intoning something along the lines of

“There is a growing, radical movement on many campuses in which opposition to Israel and Zionism is required to be fully accepted, effectively marginalizing campus Jewish communities.”

The intention of raising the antisemitism issue is to lead the reader away from any possible perception that an apartheid Israel was attacked because of its exceptionally brutal behavior towards the Palestinians over the past 76 years and was instead a victim of vicious terrorists who did what they did largely because they hate Jews.

In that fashion, the possible issue of Israeli responsibility for what occurred goes away and Benjamin Netanyahu and his fanatical and racist colleagues Bezalel Smotrich and Itamar Ben-Gvir get a pass to do whatever they want to solve their Arab problem. Both men have expressed their dream of an Israel without any Palestinians, whom they regard as not quite acceptably human, and have endorsed shoot to kill authority for policemen and soldiers who are confronted by any Arab demonstrators. More than 100 Palestinians have already been killed on the West Bank by armed settlers, police and soldiers who will not be held accountable for the murders while there have also been hundreds of arrests of protesters.

In America Fox News has been a leader in pumping out the interviews and reports suggesting that America’s Jewish students are so terrified by the threats implicit and explicit in the antisemitic rage that is manifest on college campuses and elsewhere that they have stopped eating at the university kosher dining halls lest they become the targets of a madman.

And there are the inevitable calls to completely ban gatherings expressing sympathy with the Palestinians or even waving or displaying Palestine’s flag. The moaning about surging antisemitism is indeed all over the mainstream media even though there are quite a few things wrong with the narrative about Israel-Palestine and the events on October 7th and subsequently. In short, the American and European public are being subjected to the usual con job when it comes to anything having to do with Israel. And the propagandization is certainly also given additional effectiveness when it is repeated by senior politicians coming from both parties with a unanimous Senate vote of 97-0 and a House of Representatives vote of 412 to 10 on resolutions pledging unconditional and total support for Israel and whatever it chooses to do, backed up by two US carrier groups plus Marines standing by in the Eastern Mediterranean.

Colleges and universities have been particularly targeted by Israel’s many friends, with mostly Jewish alumni holding back donations from those schools that do not explicitly denounce Hamas and praise Israeli “restraint” or that permit demonstrations by students supporting Gaza.

Students who sign on to protests about what is being done to the Palestinians are being identified and placed on lists that will be submitted to potential future employers and universities to make it more difficult for them to get good jobs or secure academic appointments and fellowships. Ambitious politicians out to endear themselves to Jewish campaign donors and voters, like Governor Ron DeSantis of Florida, have gone to extremes, banning Palestinian political groups at state universities and considering prosecution of members of such organizations for “hate crimes” as they are automatically being regarded as motivated by “antisemitism.” DeSantis has also vowed that his state will not accept any Palestinian refugees, though it is not clear how he would enforce that, basing his decision on his judgment that they are “all antisemites,” and Florida has recently purchased $135 million’s worth of so-called Israel Bonds to help in the Jewish state’s war effort. Senator Lindsey Graham has said that there should be “no limit” on Israelis killing Palestinians while Donald Trump has called for all Palestinian students in the US to be deported. It is just one more example of how low and even inhumane our politics have become when Israel is in any way involved, but it is also interesting to note that several European countries and Israel itself are also silencing critics of the Gaza massacres, in some cases by firing them from their jobs.

Part of the problem is that the narrative of what took place on October 7th and subsequently has been so spun by the media and talking heads that it continues to be somewhat unclear regarding what actually happened. The Israelis have persistently claimed that 1,405 Jews and Asian farm workers were killed by Hamas, 386 of whom were apparently soldiers. But how they died is where the tale goes adrift. Israeli survivors of the attack have told journalists that they were treated well when captured by Hamas and that the real killing began when Israeli Army units including tanks, artillery and helicopters counter-attacked Hamas, creating a brutal cross fire referred to in the trade as “friendly fire” which killed many if not most of the civilians. Houses in one kibbutz, where civilians were sheltering, were largely destroyed by fire from heavy weapons, which Hamas did not possess.

What we now also know from a growing body of evidence obtained from the Israeli media and eyewitnesses is that the Israeli military appear to have been overwhelmed by the day’s events. The reaction may have triggered an apparently long-standing policy referred to as the “Hannibal procedure” that seeks to prevent Israeli soldiers from being taken captive due to the high price the Israeli public insists on paying to make sure that the soldier-prisoners are returned. As a result, the military command has authorization to order Israeli troops to kill fellow soldiers rather than allow them to be taken prisoner. For the same reason, Hamas expends a great deal of energy in trying to find innovative ways to seize soldiers.

The possible reality that the Israeli military killed many of its own soldiers and civilians is, of course, being suppressed in the mainstream and by politicians eager to assist Israel in the Gazan genocide, but it is nevertheless out there. There is, however, another part of the story that is devastating in terms of its implications, and that is the immediate response to the crisis by offering to send Israel $14.5 billion to help in its defense, an incomprehensibly large figure that appears to have been pulled out of some lobbyist’s behind, which translates to performing genocide in Gaza and committing a host of war crimes along the way. The tribute payments, as some have described it, was approved by a party-line 226-196 vote in Congress last Thursday. The vote would have been closer to unanimous but for a partisan dispute over the funding of the measure. If Joe Biden and Congress are not aware that genocide is a big time crime against humanity as defined by the United Nations charter and by the Geneva Conventions and most international lawyers would agree that arming and funding an organization or state that is exterminating a nation or identifiable ethnicity is complicity or even participation in the crime.

Biden and Blinken may not have any idea of how much money Israel gets from the American taxpayer at all levels of government in a year beyond the $3.8 billion per year that it gets in direct “military assistance,” a gift from Barack Obama. Additional money flows from joint military projects, through dubious charities and via state and even local level development boards that bring the total up to roughly $10 billion. That contributes to making Israel a wealthy country which can afford to give its Jewish citizens free health care and college education as well as subsidized housing and it does not need additional US support to fight its wars.

And, by the way, that brings us to the final issue, Israel’s secret nuclear program which certainly should be of concern to US policymakers confronted by an exploding conflict that could engulf the entire Middle East and even spread beyond that area. The fact that Israel uniquely has the nukes in the region, numbering more than 200 by some estimates, is significant. In the United States government there exists a so-called “legislative rule” that no federal employee can confirm that Israel has nuclear weapons. The rule is ridiculous as the existence of the Israeli nuclear arsenal is well attested, including by Colin Powell, who once confirmed that “Israel had over 200 nuclear weapons pointed at Iran.” Powell made the statement when he was out of office but even prominent Israel-firster Senator Chuck Schumer has confirmed the existence of the arsenal.

The reason for acute sensitivity by the Israel Lobby and its bought-and-paid-for politicians over its nukes is the Symington Amendment in Section 101 of the US Arms Export Control Act of 1976 which bans foreign aid to any country that has nuclear weapons and has not signed the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty. Which means that Israel’s annual $3.8 billion in aid would be in jeopardy if Washington were to enforce its own laws, though one cannot imagine that President Joe Biden or the Attorney General Merrick Garland, both fervent Zionists, will take the necessary steps to do so.

Another sticky bit of law consists of the so-called Leahy Amendments, which prohibit the US Department of State and Department of Defense from providing military assistance to foreign security force units that violate human rights “with impunity.” Israel’s numerous brutal assaults on Gaza, including the current one in which it is targeting hospitals and churches, bombing and killing helpless civilians, half of whom are children, is a textbook case for when the Leahy Amendments should be applied, but, of course, they never will be.

That reality illustrates once again the actual political power of the Jewish Lobby in the United States backed up as it is by Christian Zionists like the new Speaker of the House Mike Johnson.

Finally, one must take a look at the Israeli nuclear arsenal itself coupled with the country’s reckless and aggressive leadership and what that represents, a subject that no one currently is even considered as a factor in what the expanding Gaza war might lead to. Twenty years ago, when the United States President George W. Bush initiated his disastrous neocon devised “war on terror” Israel’s Prime Minister Ariel Sharon saw the war as an opportunity and Israel as a major beneficiary, poised as it was to draw the US into the much-desired attack against Iran coupled with a renewed drive to terrorize the remaining Palestinians into fleeing into the neighboring Arab states. Israel clearly intended its nuclear capability to be used against its neighbors if needed, as described in the 1991 book by veteran investigative journalist Seymour Hersh, entitled The Samson Option.

The book’s title refers to the Israeli government’s nuclear strategy whereby Israel would launch a massive nuclear retaliatory strike if the state itself was under threat from outside forces and was in danger of being overrun, just as the Biblical figure Samson pushed apart the pillars of a Philistine temple, bringing down the roof and killing himself and the thousands of Philistines who had gathered to see him humiliated. One of Hersh’s sources in the Israel intelligence service reportedly told him “We can still remember the smell of Auschwitz and Treblinka. Next time we’ll take all of you with us.”

When Sharon was queried about how the rest of the world might respond to Israel using its nukes to effectively wipe out its Arab neighbors, he responded “That depends on who does it and how quickly it happens. We possess several hundred atomic warheads and rockets and can launch them at targets in all directions, perhaps even at Rome. Most European capitals are targets for our air force. Let me quote General Moshe Dayan: ‘Israel must be like a mad dog, too dangerous to bother.’ I consider it all hopeless at this point. We shall have to try to prevent things from coming to that, if at all possible. Our armed forces, however, are not the thirtieth strongest in the world, but rather the second or third. We have the capability to take the world down with us. And I can assure you that that will happen before Israel goes under.”

So, there we are, poised on the edge of what might plausibly be the second avoidable nuclear war mishandled by Joe Biden and the muttonheads that he has chosen to “advise” him. Colonel Douglas Macgregor is rightly referring to the exploding crisis that contains a nuclear threat as an “Armageddon War.” Few Americans know that Israel only has nuclear weapons because it stole the enriched uranium and triggers from the United States with the cooperation of a Jewish industrialist Zalman Shapiro, owner of the NUMEC plant in Pennsylvania and a Jewish-Israeli Hollywood producer Arnon Milchan, neither of whom has ever been seriously held accountable by the US government.

So, we have an Israel with a secret nuclear arsenal that no American official can even mention and that it currently is at “war” and is in theory prepared to use the weapons, most likely against an arch-enemy like Iran, but if threatened, to “take the world down.” As for the mostly silent majority of us Americans who would like to see a government that actually tries to do good for the people who live here and pay taxes, having a world at peace where Washington leaves everyone alone and is in return left along by others, is an aspiration whose time seemingly has expired.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Philip M. Giraldi, Ph.D., is Executive Director of the Council for the National Interest, a 501(c)3 tax deductible educational foundation (Federal ID Number #52-1739023) that seeks a more interests-based U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East. Website is councilforthenationalinterest.org, address is P.O. Box 2157, Purcellville VA 20134 and its email is [email protected].

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Of utmost relevance, this carefully research article was originally published in 2018.

***

There is a clear consensus among the global elite that overpopulation is the primary cause of the most important problems that the world is facing and that something desperately needs to be done about it. They truly believe that humans are a plague upon the earth and that we will literally destroy the planet if we are left to our own devices…

…The following are 30 population control quotes which show that the elite truly believe that humans are a plague upon the earth and that a great culling is necessary:

1. UK Television Presenter Sir David Attenborough: “We are a plague on the Earth. It’s coming home to roost over the next 50 years or so. It’s not just climate change; it’s sheer space, places to grow food for this enormous horde. Either we limit our population growth or the natural world will do it for us, and the natural world is doing it for us right now”

2. Paul Ehrlich, a former science adviser to president George W. Bush and the author of “The Population Bomb”: “To our minds, the fundamental cure, reducing the scale of the human enterprise (including the size of the population) to keep its aggregate consumption within the carrying capacity of Earth is obvious but too much neglected or denied”

3. Paul Ehrlich again, this time on the size of families: “Nobody, in my view, has the right to have 12 children or even three unless the second pregnancy is twins”

4. Dave Foreman, the co-founder of Earth First: “We humans have become a disease, the Humanpox.”

5. CNN Founder Ted Turner: “A total world population of 250-300 million people, a 95% decline from present levels, would be ideal.”

He was quoted saying: “We’re too many people; that’s why we have global warming.”

Unfortunately for him and other fervent depopulationists, both the overpopulation myth and the man-made global warming hoax, have been repeatedly debunked.

6. Japan’s Deputy Prime Minister Taro Aso about medical patients with serious illnesses: “You cannot sleep well when you think it’s all paid by the government. This won’t be solved unless you let them hurry up and die.”

7. David Rockefeller: “The negative impact of population growth on all of our planetary ecosystems is becoming appallingly evident.”

8. Environmental activist Roger Martin: “On a finite planet, the optimum population providing the best quality of life for all, is clearly much smaller than the maximum, permitting bare survival. The more we are, the less for each; fewer people mean better lives.”

9. HBO personality Bill Maher: “I’m pro-choice, I’m for assisted suicide, I’m for regular suicide, I’m for whatever gets the freeway moving – that’s what I’m for. It’s too crowded, the planet is too crowded and we need to promote death.”

10. MIT professor Penny Chisholm: “The real trick is, in terms of trying to level off at someplace lower than that 9 billion, is to get the birthrates in the developing countries to drop as fast as we can. And that will determine the level at which humans will level off on earth.”

11. Julia Whitty, a columnist for Mother Jones: “The only known solution to ecological overshoot is to decelerate our population growth faster than it’s decelerating now and eventually reverse it — at the same time we slow and eventually reverse the rate at which we consume the planet’s resources.

Success in these twin endeavors will crack our most pressing global issues: climate change, food scarcity, water supplies, immigration, health care, biodiversity loss, even war. On one front, we’ve already made unprecedented strides, reducing global fertility from an average 4.92 children per woman in 1950 to 2.56 today — an accomplishment of trial and sometimes brutally coercive error, but also a result of one woman at a time making her individual choices. The speed of this childbearing revolution, swimming hard against biological programming, rates as perhaps our greatest collective feat to date.”

12. Colorado State University Professor Philip Cafaro in a paper entitled “Climate Ethics and Population Policy”: “Ending human population growth is almost certainly a necessary (but not sufficient) condition for preventing catastrophic global climate change. Indeed, significantly reducing current human numbers may be necessary in order to do so.“

13. Professor of Biology at the University of Texas at Austin Eric R. Pianka: “I do not bear any ill will toward people. However, I am convinced that the world, including all humanity, WOULD clearly be much better off without so many of us.”

14. Detroit News Columnist Nolan Finley: “Since the national attention is on birth control, here’s my idea: If we want to fight poverty, reduce violent crime and bring down our embarrassing drop-out rate, we should swap contraceptives for fluoride in Michigan’s drinking water.

We’ve got a baby problem in Michigan. Too many babies are born to immature parents who don’t have the skills to raise them, too many are delivered by poor women who can’t afford them, and too many are fathered by sorry layabouts who spread their seed like dandelions and then wander away from the consequences.”

15. John Guillebaud, professor of family planning at University College London: “The effect on the planet of having one child less is an order of magnitude greater than all these other things we might do, such as switching off lights. An extra child is the equivalent of a lot of flights across the planet.”

16. Democrat strategist Steven Rattner: “WE need death panels. Well, maybe not death panels, exactly, but unless we start allocating health care resources more prudently — rationing, by its proper name — the exploding cost of Medicare will swamp the federal budget.”

17. Matthew Yglesias, a business and economics correspondent for Slate, in an article entitled “The Case for Death Panels, in One Chart”:

“But not only is this health care spending on the elderly the key issue in the federal budget, our disproportionate allocation of health care dollars to old people surely accounts for the remarkable lack of apparent cost effectiveness of the American health care system. When the patient is already over 80, the simple fact of the matter is that no amount of treatment is going to work miracles in terms of life expectancy or quality of life.”

18. Planned Parenthood Founder Margaret Sanger: “All of our problems are the result of overbreeding among the working class”

19. U.S. Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg: “Frankly I had thought that at the time Roe was decided, there was concern about population growth and particularly growth in populations that we don’t want to have too many of.”

20. Planned Parenthood Founder Margaret Sanger: “The most merciful thing that the large family does to one of its infant members is to kill it.”

21. Salon columnist Mary Elizabeth Williams in an article entitled “So What If Abortion Ends Life?”: “All life is not equal. That’s a difficult thing for liberals like me to talk about, lest we wind up looking like death-panel-loving, kill-your-grandma-and-your-precious-baby storm troopers. Yet a fetus can be a human life without having the same rights as the woman in whose body it resides.”

22. Alberto Giubilini of Monash University in Melbourne, Australia and Francesca Minerva of the University of Melbourne in a paper published in the Journal of Medical Ethics:

“[W]hen circumstances occur after birth such that they would have justified abortion, what we call after-birth abortion should be permissible. … [W]e propose to call this practice ‘after-birth abortion’, rather than ‘infanticide,’ to emphasize that the moral status of the individual killed is comparable with that of a fetus … rather than to that of a child.

“Therefore, we claim that killing a newborn could be ethically permissible in all the circumstances where abortion would be. Such circumstances include cases where the newborn has the potential to have an (at least) acceptable life, but the well-being of the family is at risk.”

23. Nina Fedoroff, a key adviser to Hillary Clinton: “We need to continue to decrease the growth rate of the global population; the planet can’t support many more people.”

24. Barack Obama’s primary science adviser, John P. Holdren: “A program of sterilizing women after their second or third child, despite the relatively greater difficulty of the operation than vasectomy, might be easier to implement than trying to sterilize men.

The development of a long-term sterilizing capsule that could be implanted under the skin and removed when pregnancy is desired opens additional possibilities for coercive fertility control. The capsule could be implanted at puberty and might be removable, with official permission, for a limited number of births.”

25. David Brower, the first Executive Director of the Sierra Club: “Childbearing [should be] a punishable crime against society, unless the parents hold a government license … All potential parents [should be] required to use contraceptive chemicals, the government issuing antidotes to citizens chosen for childbearing.”

26. Thomas Ferguson, former official in the U.S. State Department Office of Population Affairs: “There is a single theme behind all our work–we must reduce population levels. Either governments do it our way, through nice clean methods, or they will get the kinds of mess that we have in El Salvador, or in Iran or in Beirut. Population is a political problem. Once population is out of control, it requires authoritarian government, even fascism, to reduce it…”

27. Mikhail Gorbachev: “We must speak more clearly about sexuality, contraception, about abortion, about values that control population, because the ecological crisis, in short, is the population crisis. Cut the population by 90% and there aren’t enough people left to do a great deal of ecological damage.”

28. Jacques Costeau: “In order to stabilize world population, we must eliminate 350,000 people per day. It is a horrible thing to say, but it is just as bad not to say it.”

29. Finnish environmentalist Pentti Linkola: “If there were a button I could press, I would sacrifice myself without hesitating if it meant millions of people would die”

30. Prince Phillip, husband of Queen Elizabeth II and co-founder of the World Wildlife Fund: “In the event that I am reincarnated, I would like to return as a deadly virus, in order to contribute something to solve overpopulation.”

Bonus by HumansAreFree.com

31. Henry Kissinger, a top architect of the New World Order, is believed by many to be one of the biggest war criminals alive. He has worked hard to put his depopulation plans into action.

He was also quoted saying:

“Depopulation should be the highest priority of foreign policy towards the third world, because the US economy will require large and increasing amounts of minerals from abroad, especially from less developed countries”.

32. Bill Gates is possibly the biggest depopulationist alive. According to him, his father was the head of Planned Parenthood and has influenced his views on population control from an early age.

In a TEDx lecture, he explains that one way to lower the CO2 levels (which, by the way, are not a problem AT ALL, since the total CO2 level) by decreasing the human population:

“The world today has 6.8 billion people. That’s heading up to about nine billion. Now if we do a really great job on new vaccines, health care & reproductive health services, we could lower that by perhaps 10 or 15 percent.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from SHTFplan.com

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on List of 30 ‘Elites’ That Support and Promote Worldwide Depopulation
  • Tags:

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

[First published on December 31, 2022]

***

Excess mortality is reported from Norway – and all over the western world or Global North. Excesses never heard before. In the ranges of between 15% and 25%. In some countries even higher. Worrisome. No clear causes can be detected.

See this.

Already more than a year ago Dr. Michael Yeadon, former VP Pfizer and Chief of Science at Pfizer, warned that excess deaths will appear in the next 3-5 and even up to ten years, because of the false and criminal, untested mRNA vaxxes.

He elaborates. After all the boosters – 3 to 4 shots – the immune system has lost up to 80% of its defenses. Thus, people are more vulnerable to catching any kind of disease. Plus, myocarditis and sudden deaths are on the rise – even in young people, especially those who practice sport or are sports professionals.

In addition, graphene oxide injection and other concoctions being injected, cause all sorts of cancers, mostly in reproductive systems of men and women, as well as several types of cancers of the blood, of the eyes causing blindness… liver and kidney diseases… and much more.

In addition, these injections, called vaccines, also cause massive infertility. In some countries life-childbirth was down by up to 40% in 2022.

Dr. Yeadon warned that the diseases will be very difficult to trace back to the vaxxes, but that’s where the origin is.

A clear eugenics agenda, mass depopulation, unprecedented.

Genocide is a word that doesn’t meet the extent of the atrocity that’s behind what we are living through — what the cabal is carrying out.

The UN Agenda 2030, alias Klaus Schwab’s (WEF) Great Reset and the nefarious, all-digitizing 4th Industrial Revolution, also includes an asset-stripping plan never seen and experienced before in human history. Assets of covid mandates-caused bankruptcies are sucked upwards into the vaults of the financial oligarchs and the Dark Invisible Financial Cabal – which is funding and orchestrating the WEF and which is in control of over 90% of the world’s mainstream media. See this.

The Agenda 2030 (originally called Agenda 21) was prepared by a very long hand, dating back 60 to a hundred years. Be aware, the Dark Invisible Financial Cabal acts as a cult. In order to be successful, it has to tell the people what it is up to.

Indeed, over the past several decades we have received many warnings of what to expect – namely a Health Tyranny, enhanced by a fake Global Warming and Biodiversity Green agenda.

The New Green is a fascist neoliberal, make-believe environmental protection farse. In reality – far from environmental protection. To the contrary. Yet, people throughout the world fall for it. Propaganda is deadly. We have to stop it.

*

The Plan’s execution started in January 2020. First with a fake disease called Covid-19 – the mortality of which is about the same or less than that of the common flu, some 0.03% to 0.07%. And unbelievably – the Covid-19 pandemic, or rather the Plandemic – hit all 193 UN member countries at once, on the same day. The vast majority of the people believed it.

However, an intense media-driven fear-campaign, with strictly totalitarian-enforced mandates of lockdowns and face masking, distancing people from each other, lowering their moral even further, i.e. their self-esteem, their defenses, insecurity, dictatorial measures, led to world tyranny.

It sounds like a project collaborated by the Tavistock Institute on Social Engineering of the Masses. (See also Daniel Estulin’s book of the same title (Copyright 2015)). Tavistock in close collaboration with DARPA, the secretive Pentagon thinktank, specializing in mind-control, MK-Ultra and societal manipulation through the mass-media and often deadly false flag events.

The Global West has quietly suspended in most countries their Constitutions, either by silent decree, or by Parliamentary votes, where Parliamentarians were co-opted to be part of the crime. But the vast majority of populations have no idea. They still refer to democracy — when “democracy” we never had in the last 2000 years and beyond.

And just to be sure that we all understand what the Greek term of “democracy” really meant – supposedly born in Delphi, Greece, some 800 years BC and first practiced in ancient Athens 507 years BC by Athenian leader Cleisthenes. It meant one person one vote – but only for educated male, who were qualified for sociopolitical decisions.

Just a word on our sloganized and vastly over-used term democracy. This is what google has to say:

Athenian democracy was a system of government where all [free] male citizens [age 20 and above] [slaves excluded] could attend and participate in the assembly which governed the city-state. This was a democratic form of government where the people or ‘demos’ had real political power. Athens, therefore, had a direct democracy.

You may want to make a note of it before using the misleading term “democracy” freely again. Let’s first see what we mean by “democracy” and how we have learned to manipulate it for the service of the powerful.

This brief observation on democracy may be important, if ever we get back to “democracy” in a new society. Let’s make sure that the term is defined clearly in every Constitution of every sovereign country.

Back to excess deaths.

What can we do?

For most of the vaxxed population it’s too late. They can just hope that their shot was not deadly, or that it may have been a placebo. In every trial – which this entire vaxx crime was and is – there are placebos.

We should inform as many people as we can of these horrendous circumstances – of the excess deaths and of the whys – so that people wake up and do not get drawn into vaxxing anymore, and so that they help others waking up.

We should initiate criminal procedures against all governments who knowingly participated in this crime, especially the Health Ministers and the management of WHO, the UN system, the WEF — and the eugenist oligarch suspects we all know. And indeed, get to the bottom of the Cabal.

A Grand Jury trial has already determined the guilty – with evidence statements by witnesses from the key organizations behind this magnum crime. See all the sub-links in the “Stop World Control” video below.

We must immediately stop and resist any activity linked to the infamous UN Agenda 2030 and the WEF’s Great Reset; derail with all means we have at our disposal the 4th Industrial Revolution’s digitization process, starting with undoing any advances that have been made with digital money, body-implanted chips – whose purpose it is to enslave humanity – and on a wider score to transhumanize humanity.

We must stop this monstrous crime of biblical proportions NOW.

In short, we should prepare for a massive Nuremberg 2.0.

Without delay.

See this Must-See 31-min video on THE PLAN with several links to related videos, including the one of the Grand Jury and its results – plus large-print easily understandable, down-to-earth text, explaining what we are living and how we can get out of it. See this.

Here, some key quotes from the Stop World Control text:

“The Tyranny is 100% dependent on the ignorance of the public. The solution is, therefore, to inform the people around us.”

“Once People know what is really happening, they will stop complying and will start resisting.”

“We offer you a powerful tool to open the eyes of your friends, family and community.”

“High level experts from the WHO, United Nations, US & UK Military, British Secret Services, CDC, Pfizer and the UK Government reveal the evidence that the pandemic is used to install a world dictatorship.”

“They presented their evidence to the world during Grand Jury proceedings with 11 international lawyers and a judge.”

“The experts identify the powerful entities that are able to install this powerful dictatorship. They explain how they orchestrate and implement it, and what their ultimate agenda is for humanity.”

“The supreme level of brainwashing is when an entire population calls human history a conspiracy theory.”

“All this information is revealed in the Grand Jury Evidence.  You can download it here: StopWorldControl.com/jury

“This powerful document can wake up the world. Please share it far and wide.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He lectures at universities in the US, Europe and South America. He writes regularly for online journals and is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also is a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 Get yours for FREE! Click here to download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Le Due Guerre dell’occidente | Grandangolo – Pangea

November 18th, 2023 by Manlio Dinucci

Siamo coinvolti in due guerre, in Europa e Medioriente, che hanno conseguenze sempre più gravi sulle nostre condizioni di vita e sulla nostra sicurezza.

Sul fronte europeo è stato compiuto, nel settembre 2022, quello che il Wall Street Journal definisce “uno dei più grandi atti di sabotaggio in Europa dalla Seconda Guerra Mondiale”: gli Stati Uniti, coadiuvati da Norvegia e Polonia, hanno fatto esplodere il Nord Stream, il principale gasdotto che trasportava in Germania e da qui in altri paesi europei gas russo a basso costo. La dinamica di questa azione bellica è stata ricostruita, in base a precise prove, dal giornalista statunitense Seymour Hersh e da una inchiesta tedesca.

Il segretario di Stato USA Blinken ha definito il blocco del Nord Stream “una enorme opportunità strategica per gli anni avvenire” e ha sottolineato che “gli Stati Uniti sono divenuti il principale fornitore di gas naturale liquefatto all’Europa”, gas che noi cittadini europei paghiamo molto più di quello che importavamo dalla Russia.

Allo stesso tempo gli Stati Uniti stanno scaricando sull’Europa l’enorme costo della guerra NATO in Ucraina contro la Russia. La Commissione Europea sta aprendo la via al prossimo ingresso dell’Ucraina nella UE, con la conseguenza che saremo noi cittadini europei a pagare l’enorme deficit ucraino.

Sul fronte mediorientale l’Unione Europea sostiene la guerra con la quale Israele, con alle spalle gli Stati Uniti e la NATO, attacca la Palestina e alimenta un conflitto regionale mirando in particolare all’Iran. L’Italia, che dal 2004 è legata a Israele da un patto militare, ha fornito i caccia su cui si addestrano i piloti israeliani, che bombardano Gaza facendo strage di civili, e sostiene in diversi modi le forze armate israeliane. In compenso il premier Netanyahu ha promesso alla premier Meloni che l’Italia diverrà hub energetico per lo smistamento in Europa del gas che Israele invierà attraverso il gasdotto EastMed.

La sezione del giacimento offshore di gas, di cui Israele si attribuisce la proprietà esclusiva, è situata in gran parte nelle acque territoriali del Territorio Palestinese di Gaza e in quello della Cisgiordania. Attraverso il gasdotto EastMed Israele esporterà quindi in Italia e nella UE il gas naturale palestinese di cui si è impadronito con la forza militare.

Manlio Dinucci

VIDEO YOUTUBE :

VIDEO : https://www.byoblu.com/2023/11/17/le-due-guerre-delloccidente-grandangolo-pangea/

Elecciones en Argentina: odio y miedo

November 18th, 2023 by Luis Bruschtein

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

“The California governor has widely been considered as a possible presidential contender, and some see him as a potential candidate come 2028. Newsom has repeatedly fended off speculation he could challenge Biden for the Democratic presidential nomination in 2024.  

… Newsom has in recent weeks been outspoken in his support for Biden’s reelection bid, and he has directly attacked Florida Gov. Ron DeSantis (R), who is running for the GOP’s 2024 nomination. Newsom is expected to debate DeSantis on Fox News this month. (The Hill)

***

Something to keep in mind:

The attacks on Biden from the Democrat Establishment coincide with the ascent of Gavin Newsom.

How could the DNC avoid a messy primary and nominate their preferred candidate (Newsom)?

It’s in the fine print.

Biden is increasingly frail and confused, his dementia is worsening and his economic plan is faltering.

His popularity continues to crumble even among Democrats.

Consider the possibility that he resigns after receiving the Presidential nomination at the DNC 2024 convention.

Image

Why that specific timing?

Because –

Rules adopted by the Democratic National Committee in 2022 leave the DNC as the sole authority to appoint a Presidential nominee where that nominee resigns after the August 2024 convention.

No vote or primary needed.

Image

Newsom is already running a presidential campaign – his tour of China, Xi’s visit to SF (why not DC?), his civil rights stops in the US.

The question is whether he is targeting 2024 or 2028.

Maybe it’s both.

This is Newsom’s final term as governor; he’s barred from running in 2026.

Strategically, it is better for him to run now rather than wait until 2028. Think momentum.

What does Newsom have to say about a presidential run? Curious non-denials.

Something to think about.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

All images in this article are from the author

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Heiwai Tang, Emanuel Yi Pastreich, HE Weiwen, George S. Geh, JIANG Shan, XU Zhengzhong, LÜ Xiang, LI Chen regret rising deglobalization and call for communication to restore China-U.S. ties.

*

This transcript is Part II of “Reframing US-China Bipolar Dynamics by Pluralizing into China-West Relations” roundtable from the 8th China Global Think Tank Innovation Forum, covering eight more speakers:

  • Heiwai Tang, Associate Director Institute of China Economy and the Hong Kong Institute of Economics and Business Strategy at the University of Hong Kong (HKU)
  • Emanuel Yi Pastreich, President, The Asia Institute
  • HE Weiwen, CCG Non-resident Senior Fellow; former Commercial Counsellor at Chinese Embassy in New York and San Francisco
  • George S. Geh, Chief Executive Officer, China Institute in America
  • JIANG Shan, CCG Non-resident Senior Fellow; former Director-General of MOFCOM Department of American and Oceanian Affairs
  • XU Zhengzhong, CCG Non-resident Senior Fellow; Vice President of the International Institute for Strategic Studies
  • LÜ Xiang, CCG Non-resident Senior Fellow; Research Fellow of Institute of American Studies, Chinese Academy of Social Sciences
  • LI Chen, Associate Professor, School of International Studies, Renmin University of China

The Oct. 23 forum was organized by the Center for China and Globalization (CCG) and Chinese People’s Association for Friendship with Foreign Countries (CPAFFC), supported by the Academy of Contemporary China and World Studies (ACCWS), China-United States Exchange Foundation (CUSEF), and Konrad-Adenauer-Stiftung (KAS), in partnership with China-West Dialogue (CWD).

The full video is available on YouTube. It was also broadcast online by CCG and remains available in China both in English and Chinese.

Please note that this transcript is transcribed by CCG from the audio and video recordings and may contain errors. It hasn’t been reviewed by the speakers. 

Speakers’ Presentations 

 

Emphasis added by Global Research

Heiwai Tang, Associate Director Institute of China Economy and the Hong Kong Institute of Economics and Business Strategy at the University of Hong Kong (HKU)

In the interest of time, I’m just going to make three points. I actually had a prepared speech, but I’m going to skip it because I was so inspired since this morning, and also heard a lot in this session. First of all, thank you, Henry Wang, for creating this opportunity for me to speak. This is a wonderful event. This is exactly what we need to have a lot more of in both China and the United States.

The first point I want to make is related to this morning’s session when people talked about respect and dialogue. And I think the ultimate goal is to have more mutual understanding between the two countries, as well as trying to build trust between them.

And I have to say, you know, I come from Hong Kong, and I taught in the United States for over 15 years. One thing that I realized in the US is that academics, I’m talking about academics, increasingly had difficulty coming to this part of the world just to engage in some regular, normal academic activities.

I tried my best to invite some of my friends in the US teaching in public universities to come to Hong Kong to give academic talks. And they told me they don’t want to do it, not because they find Hong Kong to be very dangerous.

It’s because they had to go through multiple levels of approvals in the universities and requirements from the IT department in the university for them to bring an empty laptop to Hong Kong.

OK. So, I think this is not encouraging for people to exchange ideas and to learn about each other, and I’m really seeing a downward spiral due to these kinds of restrictive policies. My former colleague, Hal Brands, at Johns Hopkins SAIS, wrote a piece in 2017 published in Bloomberg magazine, pointing out a very obvious point, saying that during the Cold War era, there were a lot of students studying Russian, the language, and also the country, the Soviet Union.

But now, in 2023, he started seeing basically older universities shutting down departments on China, on Chinese history, on China studies. And this is not helpful for the Americans to know something more about China. And I’m pretty sure the same thing is happening in mainland China too. And again, living in Hong Kong, I have the luxury to basically go to the US without much restriction. So that’s my first point.

My second point is related to the title of this session, which is pluralism. I think I would like to add a word that is related, and that is decentralization. When we look at global macro phenomena, de-dollarization, decoupling, deglobalization, whatever words that start with the letter “d”, we tend to connect them to geopolitics right away.

But in fact, technologies are also creating these kinds of trends, allowing countries to outsource from multiple places, allowing companies not to produce everything in one single location. So, I think we need to think harder about why we are living in such a world that is increasingly more fragmented, more fractured. Partly because of geopolitics, but also partly because of new technologies like AI, blockchains, whatever.

The third point I want to make is that, due to the tension between the United States and China, there are up and rising star countries in Southeast Asia, in the Middle East, in Latin America. So those new emerging markets are exactly what we are going to see in the next five to ten years. We are indeed moving towards a multipolar world.

And I understand, sort of the underlying meaning of Professor Nye’s statement this morning. I think we are too obsessed with looking at the two biggest powers in the world and focus too much on the tension and ignore the global South, the rest of the world, and those are our strategic partners. No country wants to take sides. If you go to Southeast Asia,

I would bet, besides the Philippines, most of the countries would say, I don’t want to take sides, don’t force me to do so.

And, importantly, I’m happy to see new regional economic and trade agreements, like RCEP, or the new Bricks that has six new members. And I think many countries are giving up relying on some improving relationship between the two powers. And they’re starting to do something important for their economies. And they don’t want to be trapped in these many years of geopolitical tension between the two powers. So, these are my three points. I could make more, but I should let Emanuel and others speak. Thank you.

Emanuel Yi Pastreich, President, The Asia Institute

I want to say that Chinese is a common international language, when Chinese people start speaking in English, it makes it difficult for those who don’t know English to participate in our discussions. Therefore, I am basically against it. Opinions should be expressed in one’s native language. But I think that it will cause some problems because this is an international setting, so I’ll be speaking in English instead, though I can speak Chinese.

Confucius mentioned the idea of the rectification of names, let’s say, 正名一词, the names and things should be in harmony together. And this is the primary cause of problems and breakdown in governance. And I think if we look at both the American and the Chinese side, that break is really at the core. And since we don’t talk so much about it in many of these discussions, I’ll go out on a limb and say a couple of words.

First, I’m going to talk about the United States, but everything I say applies to China, although with Chinese characteristics. First is the government. Obviously, the government is critical, but we see a radical tendency to privatize the government, whether it’s in the legislature, in which government-elected officials and staff members go work for hedge funds for several years to enrich themselves, or the outsourcing of processes to for-profit organizations with their own conflicts of interest.

This spills over into the military, which is also increasingly and intelligently outsourced, often to multinational corporations whose interests do not correspond with the nation-state necessarily. And with the word “bank,” I’d like to say that the term “bank” we used, but in fact, in many cases, it no longer corresponds with “bank” in the sense that we knew it 40 years ago, or even 15 years ago. The nature of banks and the nature of banking, the nature of money, has profoundly shifted, and the term, the concept, has not kept up with these transformations.

Journalism, the passing on of accurate information to the people about what’s happening in the world, has also been transformed by the nature of journalism and its commercialization, and this has had a terrible effect, both in the United States and China and globally. And finally, I think the most serious, although it’s probably not discussed that much, is the terms “science” and “technology.” I’ve had a lot of problems, especially in China, but also the United States.

People use the term “science” and “technology” together as if they’re the same thing. In fact, science is the complete opposite of technology. Science is the philosophical pursuit of truth, using a variety of methods, and the scientific method being the most prominent, to ascertain what is accurate or true. Technology is a process or a system which produces a result, and often they’re in conflict. As we know, in this digitalized world, in which we have systems of technology which often produce untrue results. Thank you.

HE Weiwen, CCG Non-resident Senior Fellow; former Commercial Counsellor at Chinese Embassy in New York and San Francisco

I would like to make three points. First, on managing China-US relations. I’m not sure whether we can use the term “China-US bipolar dynamics,” because we are not in a bipolar world. Nonetheless, maintaining a stable China-US relationship is of vital importance for world stability and prosperity. Over the past few months, we have witnessed an interesting phenomenon.

On one side, the differences between the two countries are intensifying. On the other side, the tensions between the two countries are mounting. This might become the new normal in the coming months and even years ahead because both countries are seeking ways to stabilize the relationship based on the UN charter and principles, namely, mutual respect for sovereignty and territorial integrity, non-aggression, non-interference in internal affairs, equality and mutual benefits, and peaceful coexistence. Regardless of our significant differences, we can maintain a stable state-to-state relationship. This will also enlighten our relations with other Western countries. That’s one point.

The second point is to enhance China-Western relations. The China-US relationship, no matter how important, is only a part of China-West relations. We need to adopt a broader perspective.

Did you know that 50% of China’s trade is with Asia? Another 20% is with Europe. Only 16% of China’s trade is with North America. Over the past ten years or more, plurilateral mechanisms have played an increasingly important role in stabilizing the global situation and addressing the world’s pressing issues. We should continue this approach. While we aim to strengthen China-West relations, our focus should be on specific hot topics.

The third point is to support re-globalization. This might be a relevant topic for China-West Dialogue. Currently, the world is grappling with geopolitical segmentation and geoeconomics fragmentation.

This geoeconomics fragmentation now has a term: Homeland Economics. It’s becoming prevalent in many countries. However, according to an IMF study, if geoeconomics fragmentation continues, it will curtail global GDP growth by a minimum of half a percent, and up to 12% at most. This would be detrimental for everyone, including China, the West, and the developing world. As we navigate the 4th Industrial Revolution, marked by breakthroughs in big data, artificial intelligence, quantum computing, new energies, and new materials, the rapidly evolving technologies might outpace the capabilities of all our countries, potentially overshadowing our differences.

We should collectively focus on strategies for managing the global supply chain, pinpointing, and addressing differences, and ensuring security in these changing times. How can we optimize a global supply chain for the maximum benefit of all countries and minimize risks? To achieve this, we should collaborate with industrial associations and transnational corporations, drawing from their latest experiences, knowledge, and insights. If we can contribute in this manner, it will be beneficial for both China and the West, as well as the broader global community. Thank you.

George S. Geh, Chief Executive Officer, China Institute in America

Thank you. Maybe I could bring a little bit different perspective than most speakers here today. We all know, politicians come and go. We all know policies change over time.

But the cultural aspect, educational aspect of human society, will always stay, right? Which is why 97 years ago, American educators John Dewey and Paul Monroe, and Chinese educators, Mr. Hu Shi and Guo Bingwen, founded what is called China Institute in America in New York City. Now, 97 years later, we are still going on with one mission from day one, which is to build a bridge between the American people and Chinese people through programs in arts and culture, in education, in business. Which is why I’m the CEO of the Institute, and I have my co-chair Peter Walker over there. We are here to participate in this discussion, and we want to make sure the exchanges between the peoples will continue to be strong, especially in today’s geopolitical environment. Thank you.

JIANG Shan, CCG Non-resident Senior Fellow; former Director-General of MOFCOM Department of American and Oceanian Affairs

Thank you very much, Mr. Chair. So, from the very beginning of the morning, I have been listening to what our top experts have in their mind about international affairs and China-US relations. I have been deeply inspired. I engaged in some economic activities between China and the United States for some time. So, I want to share with you from that perspective.

We have experienced economic globalization and China’s reform and opening up. I can see that most of you are in your fifties or sixties. So, I think the decades that we have experienced have brought great opportunities to China and to the whole world. And now we are facing unprecedented changes and a lot of dynamics in the international situation. We have seen COVID-19 and the increasing tensions between China and the United States.

So, it is very necessary for us to talk about China-U.S. relations, especially the business ties. When we talk about business ties in the past, we often say that business ties are the ballast stone and stabilizer of our relations. Without the business ties, yes, indeed, it is impossible for us to be here today. I still believe that business ties are crucial.

As some scholars have put it, during the Cold War era, the former Soviet Union and the United States had no economic ties or engagements. But in the past four decades, we have become part of each other, and we are inseparable from each other.

Our trade rose from 2.5 billion at the establishment of diplomatic ties to 750 billion (according to China), or 690 billion, according to the United States—an increase of several hundreds of folds. So, in the past few decades, our business relations have also gone through ups and downs, and we have experienced a lot of arguments or fierce negotiations. And finally, we can find our consensus for common progress.

So, between China and the United States, we have established more than ten mechanisms for dialogue. Economically, we have the strategic economic dialogue and China-US Joint Commission on Commerce and Trade. And also, in the early 1990s, the textile products and market access, the joining into the WTO, etc. We had a lot of debate between each other on these topics. We had a lot of verbal fights. But finally, we can see that it turns out to be the fact that we reached an agreement, and we finally joined the WTO.

So, my point is that the US exports to China, e.g., mechanical products, soybean, or services, or US movies into China, e.g., we just watched the Oppenheimer. We will never forget the McCarthy era when it hurt the scientists of the United States, and we do not want to see the bad impacts of protectionism on the benefits of the two peoples. So, in one world, economic ties have brought tangible benefits to both countries. They are good for our consumers and also promoters of regional and global economies.

When we talk about decoupling, actually, the past 40 years, we have already established complete ties and bonds and connections in terms of supply chains. That is the result of our exchanges. It is not happening within one particular country, but rather, it goes beyond one country into the whole region, the whole world. So, if now we want to cut it off, which took 40 years to be established, does that mean we will take another four decades to rebuild it? So that will be lose-lose.

So according to some experts, when China’s trade transfers to other developing countries, that will be good for those countries, indeed, but in this process of transfer, it will also be negative too, e.g., infrastructure, ports, roads, water, electricity and gas, labor. China has a lot of advantages in all those areas. When those replaceable goods move to other developing countries, those developing countries do not have as good advantages as China. So, the export price to the United States will be higher; the US consumers will have to shoulder the burden of a high cost.

Of course, we can tap deeper into this topic. However, I don’t think it is the right time for us to talk about decoupling. Rather, we need to talk about dialogue and negotiation and working together.

Just now, some friends talked about the 1st phase or the 2nd phase of dialogue, but actually, in the past, we achieved our progress today after going through all rounds of negotiations. And now we have restored the three working groups between the governments—economic, financial, and commercial at the deputy ministerial level. So, through certain negotiations, we can serve to resolve the problems. And also, the export control, and people-to-people exchange limitations or restrictions are also bad for our contacts. I believe I remember, in the past, 5 million visitors traveled between China and the United States, and every day, over 100 flights were flying between China and the US.

But today, we can never surpass or achieve that level. So, what we need to do is to restore our normal people-to-people exchanges, and through negotiations, we need to build trust and remove the conflicts or differences of opinions. And we need to expand further our market in terms of rules, development, management, and standard development. We also need to further open our market. We have over 20 pilot free trade zones, and in our pilot free trade zones, we can do a lot of experiments. At the same time, China and the US should make the cake bigger because our total economy accounts for more than 40% of the world economy.

So as someone said this morning, our interests outweigh the conflicts in energy and food and climate; we have a lot of comparative advantages that we could leverage, e.g., I said a few days ago in petrochemicals and energy, China has a lot of advantages. In terms of agriculture, elderly care, and climate change, there are many opportunities for us to tap. So, we should focus on tapping these potentials to make greater contributions to the region and to humanity.

XU Zhengzhong, CCG Non-resident Senior Fellow; Vice President of the International Institute for Strategic Studies

Today, I’d like to briefly address an important development in China-U.S. relations, given the time constraints. We are witnessing a crucial shift towards a pattern characterized by competition, cooperation, and mutual benefits. As we step into the era of the digital economy, there’s a fundamental transformation in the competitive landscape.

The traditional notion of finding balanced prices has become obsolete, and the landscape of operating systems has shifted from multiple providers to universal acceptance of a single system. This marks the emergence of a new paradigm. Within this framework, a novel economic, political, and social phenomenon has surfaced, aptly termed “coopetition”—a blend of competition and cooperation that is shaping new markets.

we know that relations between states are largely founded on those between enterprises. E.g., in 1984 the 1st Kentucky opened in Beijing; in1990, and McDonalds also came. the KFC did a lot of research, but McDonalds just open to a store opposite KFC. They brought fast foods, American style fast food, into China.

The same thing happened between Chinese companies among  Hisense and Haier, Mengniu Dairy and Yili. in general, digital economy, or corporate competitions, have taught us a lesson that we could expand the market through competition, increase the benefits for all peoples. I think that this is also the EU and China are now developing 3rd party markets. So, in the interest of time, this is all I have to share. Thank you.

LÜ Xiang, CCG Non-resident Senior Fellow; Research Fellow of Institute of American Studies, Chinese Academy of Social Sciences

There is news that we may have missed today. The governor of California has arrived in Hong Kong and will soon visit Shenzhen, Guangzhou, Shanghai, Suzhou, and Beijing.

If we look at the editorial by Global Times yesterday and if we look at the statement by the Californian government, we may get the impression that the US and China are very friendly countries in the world. So, we need to consider that there are very good moments of cooperation on regional levels in both countries. We see that California has two valleys: the Sacramento Valley and the San Joaquin Valley.

The San Joaquin Valley produces half of the fruits and nuts in the US, and the demand for this trade is significant. If we consider these positive factors more in the bilateral relations, I believe the future between the two countries, although I don’t want to use the word “bright,” will at least not be as pessimistic as it feels now.

I’m more than delighted to see my old friend Mr. Pillsbury. He made every effort to come to Beijing. We had an in-depth conversation, and I believe our discussions reached the leadership and decision-making levels of both sides.

It played a crucial role in the subsequent signing of the phase one trade agreement between China and the US. But after the signing of the agreement, shortly afterward, COVID-19 broke out and became a global pandemic.

We saw US politics become chaotic, and we still haven’t seen a correction in this chaotic trend in politics in the US. This visit by the governor of California, I think, is more representative of the future of our relations. Under Trump’s administration, when things were tough, we were able to reach an agreement. So, in today’s environment, I think it’s all the more possible that we can reach a better agreement. Thank you.

LI Chen, Associate Professor, School of International Studies, Renmin University of China

I also want to make three points. First, I believe stability is not something optional for the international community; it’s the foundation of international society. Because I recall Secretary Blinken arguing a few weeks ago that geopolitical instability is a feature of the current international order.

I think the US strategy, the competition strategy, includes toleration, even taking advantage of unstable situations. For example, in the recent Biden administration’s policy towards the Middle East conflict, the US even takes advantage of the Middle East conflict to promote more budgets. Not only for the Middle East and the European situation but also for programs all course.

We need to realize that if we want to promote stability, we should constrain allies, and we should promote more cooperation among the great powers. So, I believe the major responsibility of all the great powers includes reducing and constraining instability and promoting stability. We have to facilitate a transition from instability to stability.

The second thing I want to mention is the revival of multilateralism in crisis management and conflict management because right now we are facing major crises in the Middle East, in Europe, and in the Asia Pacific as well. I don’t think that any single great power or any single bloc can dominate in the management of these crises and conflicts. So, we need a division of labor, and we need some trust among great powers to do crisis management and conflict management.

The third point I want to mention is the so-called AI arms control. Some people recently wrote articles arguing that we need to learn lessons from nuclear arms control during the Cold War for the arms control of AI today. There are some differences between AI and nuclear weapons. While nuclear weapons are primarily just that, AI is a technology that can be applied to both civilian life and the military. I think the US approach to AI, in relation to China, is a little confusing. Because if we want to suppress the AI infrastructure and AI research and development in China, it’s quite challenging to have any serious negotiations with China on the so-called military risk of AI.

So, I believe we need a two-track approach to AI arms control. Track one: cooperation and exchanges on the application of AI for the welfare of all people. And secondly, serious discussions about the uncertainties and risks of AI to both civilian life and military applications. Thank you.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from Andrew Korybko

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

US President Joe Biden and Chinese President Xi Jinping have concluded more than four hours of talks with a commitment to stabilise strained bilateral ties and restore some military-to-military communications.

The two leaders met on Wednesday for the first time in a year at Filoli Estate, a country retreat about 40 kilometres (25 miles) south of San Francisco.

After a handshake and smiles, they sat down for talks that lasted more than two hours.

Next was a working lunch with key officials, followed by a stroll around the manicured gardens.

Writing on social media site X, Biden said he valued the conversation he had had with Xi.

“I think it’s paramount that we understand each other clearly, leader to leader,” Biden wrote. “There are critical global challenges that demand our joint leadership. And today, we made real progress.”

It was the two leaders’ first face-to-face meeting in a year and it coincided with the annual summit of the 21-member Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) a short drive away in San Francisco.

“Planet Earth is big enough for the two countries to succeed,” Xi told Biden.

….

A US official told reporters there was significant back and forth between the two leaders over Taiwan, with Biden chiding China over its massive military build-up around the island, and asking it to respect the territory’s electoral process.

Presidential and parliamentary elections are scheduled for January, with William Lai, the current vice president and a man Beijing has labelled a “separatist” leading opinion polls.

Xi, meanwhile, stressed the island was part of China.

“The US side should … stop arming Taiwan, and support China’s peaceful reunification,” Xi told Biden, according to China’s Foreign Ministry. “China will realise reunification, and this is unstoppable.”

Click here to read the full article on Al Jazeera.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: President Joe Biden greets President of the People’s Republic of China Xi Jinping, Wednesday, November 15, 2023, at the Filoli Estate in Woodside, California. (Official White House Photo by Carlos Fyfe)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

2023 Feb (Hsuan-Chi Chen et al) – Pemphigus aggravation following Pfizer-BioNTech vaccination: A case report and review of literature 

  • 39M had 1st dose of Pfizer mRNA
  • one week later he developed painful vesicles and erosions that progressed rapidly over his trunk and limbs, involving 30% of total body surface area.
  • oral mucosal erosions also observed
  • Diagnosis: Pemphigus Vulgaris, treated in a burn unit with methylprednisolone and rituximab, then azathioprine

2023 Jan (Hsieh et al) – Dyshidrotic bullous pemphigoid developing after Moderna mRNA-1273 vaccination

  • 94F had 2nd Moderna mRNA dose
  • 18 days later she developed large bullae on the soles of her feet.
  • Also had itchy rashes on her trunk.
  • The bullae then rapidly enlarged
  • Diagnosis: dyshidrotic bullous pemphigoid, treated with oral steroids

2022 Dec (Merilleno et al) – Bullous pemphigoid in a patient with psoriasis after mRNA COVID-19 vaccination

  • 62M Filipino man had a history of stable long standing psoriasis vulgaris
  • he had two doses of AstraZeneca COVID-19 vaccine a year ago with no reactions
  • He then had a 1st Pfizer mRNA booster
  • 2 days later he developed multiple pruritic tense vesicles and bullae, with erosions and serous crusting on the lower extremities
  • Diagnosis: bullous pemphigoid
  • Treatment: prednisone, tetracycline, diphenhydramine, methotrexate
  • Images show treatment response after 3 months, the patient had no new lesions and showed post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation

2022 Oct (Vincent Wan et al) – Association between COVID-19 vaccination and bullous pemphigoid – a case series and literature review

  • CASE 1 – 50F had 3 month history of pruritic rash that began after 2nd dose of Pfizer mRNA
  • P/E: pink plaques with both non-hemorrhagic and hemorrhagic bullae scattered on the extremities, neck, chin, and torso
  • Diagnosis: bullous pemphigoid
  • Treatment: short Prednisone taper plus methotrexate

  • CASE 2 – 82M presented with 2 month history of pruritic rash on his forearm and legs that started 3 days after 2nd Pfizer mRNA
  • P/E: non-hemorrhagic and hemorrhagic bullae were observed on the right forearm with smaller vesicles noted on his calves.
  • Diagnosis: bullous pemphigoid
  • Treatment: clobetasol propionate 0.05% ointment
  • He took a third COVID-19 Moderna vaccine after his lesions resolved (!)

2022 Sep (Agharbi et al) – Pemphigus vulgaris following second dose of mRNA‐(Pfizer‐BioNTech) COVID‐19 vaccine

  • 72M had 2nd dose of Pfizer mRNA
  • 1 week later he developed a blistering eruption starting in oral mucosa, and spread 2 weeks later to head, neck, trunk and all extremities.
  • P/E: post-bullous erosions as well as intact flaccid blisters and mucosal erosions
  • Diagnosis: Pemphigus Vulgaris, treated with prednisone and azathioprine

2022 Aug (Bryan Daines et al) – A new eruption of bullous pemphigoid following mRNA COVID-19 vaccination

  • Bullous pemphigoid (BP) is an uncommon autoimmune blistering disease which characteristically affects elderly adults with an incidence of 150–330 cases per million people per year in individuals over 80 years of age.
  • The pathogenesis of BP involves autoantibodies directed against antigens in the hemidesmosome, causing a subepidermal split and subsequent bullae formation.
  • Rare cases of BP have been reported following a variety of vaccinations including those for diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis, polio, influenza, Haemophilus influenzae type B, hepatitis B, bacillus Calmette-Guérin, pneumococcus, and herpes zoster, though true association is unclear
  • 70M had 2nd dose of Pfizer mRNA
  • next day he had an intensely pruritic eruption of pink plaques
  • P/E: brightly erythematous, indurated plaques were present on the trunk, arms, and legs with intact and denuded bullae on the bilateral palms
  • Diagnosis: bullous pemphigoid

2022 July (Norimatsu et al) – Pemphigus vulgaris with advanced hypopharyngeal and gastric cancer following SARS-CoV-2 vaccination

  • 86M Japanese Man had 2nd Pfizer mRNA
  • next day flaccid bullae appeared mainly in the lumbar region and presented to hospital 11 days later
  • P/E: flaccid bullae scattered mainly in the right lumbar region and left upper arm.
  • Diagnosis: Pemphigus Vulgaris

2022 Jun (Shanshal) – Dyshidrosiform Bullous Pemphigoid Triggered by COVID-19 Vaccination

  • 90F had 1st Pfizer mRNA Vaccine on Dec.29, 2020
  • she had a skin eruption 1 week later.
  • after 2nd Pfizer mRNA dose on Mar.18, 2021, the rash worsened considerably with severe itching
  • P/E: widespread eczematous rash and excoriation marks involving the trunk and extremities.
  • On May 16, 2021 she was re-admitted with severe itchy and painful large intact blisters involving the palms and soles
  • Diagnosis: bullous pemphigoid
  • caused by acquired autoimmune IgG against two hemidesmosomal antigens (BpAg 180 and 230) in patients with underlying genetic predisposition.
  • Dyshidrosiform pemphigoid is a rare clinical variant of bullous pemphigoid where itchy blisters primarily involve the palms and soles and may mimic a vesicular eczema flare-up

2022 Apr (Desai et al) – Bullous Pemphigoid Following the Moderna mRNA-1273 Vaccine

  • 73F had 2nd dose of Moderna mRNA
  • 24 hours later she developed intensely itchy skin eruptions that started on the trunk and later spread to extremities and the face
  • P/E: tense, filled bullae were noted throughout her trunk, extremities and face, ranging in size from 5 mm to 2 cm
  • Diagnosis: bullous pemphigoid, treated with oral prednisone and mycophenolate mofetil

2022 Apr (Calabria et al) – Autoimmune mucocutaneous blistering diseases after SARS-Cov-2 vaccination: A Case report of Pemphigus Vulgaris and a literature review

  • 60F had 2nd dose of Pfizer mRNA
  • 7 days later presented with oropharyngeal and nasal bullous lesions
  • Diagnosis: Pemphigus Vulgaris

  • Literature review of Autoimmune mucocutaneous blistering diseases after COVID-19 Vaccination (35 cases):
    • 23/35 (74%) – Bullous Pemphigoid
    • 6/35 (17%) – Pemphigus Vulgaris
    • 2/35 (6%) – Linear IgA Bullous Dermatosis
    • 1/35 (3%) – Pemphigus Foliaceus
    • 63% after Pfizer
    • 17% after Moderna
    • 9% after AstraZeneca
    • 9% after CoronaVac
    • All were treated with topical and or systemic corticosteroids

2022 Mar (Alshammari et al) – Bullous pemphigoid after second dose of mRNA- (Pfizer-BioNTech) Covid-19 vaccine: A case report

  • 78M had 2nd dose of Pfizer mRNA
  • next day he developed an eruption of itchy skin lesions with bullae across his extremities
  • Diagnosis: Bulloid Pemphigus, treated with oral steroids

2022 Feb (Maronese et al) – Bullous Pemphigoid Associated With COVID-19 Vaccines: An Italian Multicentre Study

  • Bullous pemphigoid (BP) is an autoimmune bullous disease caused by circulating autoantibodies toward the hemidesmosomal antigens BP180 and BP230.
  • Cases of BP have been described following vaccinations against tetanus, poliomyelitis, diphtheria, influenza, pneumococcus, meningococcus, hepatitis B and rabies.
  • mechanism by which COVID-19-vaccines may induce BP has not been clarified.
  • Literature review: 21 cases found
    • 17 had Pfizer, 2 Moderna, 1 AstraZeneca, 1 had AstraZeneca & Pfizer
    • median age 82 years
    • median latency between Vaccine dose and cutaneous lesions = 27 days
    • 11/17 had positive anti-BP180 auto-antibodies
    • 5/17 had positive anti-BP230 auto-antibodies

Examples in photographs below:

Click here to read the full article.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.

Featured image is from NaturalNews.com


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page